journal of marketing development and competitiveness · journal of marketing development and...

136
Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness North American Business Press Atlanta – Seattle – South Florida - Toronto

Upload: others

Post on 28-Jun-2020

3 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Page 1: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

North American Business Press

Atlanta – Seattle – South Florida - Toronto

Page 2: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness
Page 3: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Dr. Michael Berry, Editor Dr. David Smith, Editor-In-Chief

NABP EDITORIAL ADVISORY BOARD

Dr. Andy Bertsch - MINOT STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Jacob Bikker - UTRECHT UNIVERSITY, NETHERLANDS Dr. Bill Bommer - CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, FRESNO Dr. Michael Bond - UNIVERSITY OF ARIZONA Dr. Charles Butler - COLORADO STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Jon Carrick - STETSON UNIVERSITY Dr. Mondher Cherif - REIMS, FRANCE Dr. Daniel Condon - DOMINICAN UNIVERSITY, CHICAGO Dr. Bahram Dadgostar - LAKEHEAD UNIVERSITY, CANADA Dr. Deborah Erdos-Knapp - KENT STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Bruce Forster - UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA, KEARNEY Dr. Nancy Furlow - MARYMOUNT UNIVERSITY Dr. Mark Gershon - TEMPLE UNIVERSITY Dr. Philippe Gregoire - UNIVERSITY OF LAVAL, CANADA Dr. Donald Grunewald - IONA COLLEGE Dr. Samanthala Hettihewa - UNIVERSITY OF BALLARAT, AUSTRALIA Dr. Russell Kashian - UNIVERSITY OF WISCONSIN, WHITEWATER Dr. Jeffrey Kennedy - PALM BEACH ATLANTIC UNIVERSITY Dr. Jerry Knutson - AG EDWARDS Dr. Dean Koutramanis - UNIVERSITY OF TAMPA Dr. Malek Lashgari - UNIVERSITY OF HARTFORD Dr. Priscilla Liang - CALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY, CHANNEL ISLANDS Dr. Tony Matias - MATIAS AND ASSOCIATES Dr. Patti Meglich - UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA, OMAHA Dr. Robert Metts - UNIVERSITY OF NEVADA, RENO Dr. Adil Mouhammed - UNIVERSITY OF ILLINOIS, SPRINGFIELD Dr. Roy Pearson - COLLEGE OF WILLIAM AND MARY Dr. Sergiy Rakhmayil - RYERSON UNIVERSITY, CANADA Dr. Robert Scherer - CLEVELAND STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Ira Sohn - MONTCLAIR STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Reginal Sheppard - UNIVERSITY OF NEW BRUNSWICK, CANADA Dr. Carlos Spaht - LOUISIANA STATE UNIVERSITY, SHREVEPORT Dr. Ken Thorpe - EMORY UNIVERSITY Dr. Robert Tian - MEDIALLE COLLEGE Dr. Calin Valsan - BISHOP'S UNIVERSITY, CANADA Dr. Anne Walsh - LA SALLE UNIVERSITY Dr. Thomas Verney - SHIPPENSBURG STATE UNIVERSITY Dr. Christopher Wright - UNIVERSITY OF ADELAIDE, AUSTRALIA

Page 4: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Volume 6(4): Special Issue on International Marketing Topics ISSN 2155-2843 Authors have granted copyright consent to allow that copies of their article may be made for personal or internal use. This does not extend to other kinds of copying, such as copying for general distribution, for advertising or promotional purposes, for creating new collective works, or for resale. Any consent for republication, other than noted, must be granted through the publisher:

North American Business Press, Inc.

Atlanta - Seattle – South Florida - Toronto

©Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness 2012 For submission, subscription or copyright information, contact the editor at: [email protected] Subscription Price: US$ 330/yr Our journals are indexed by UMI-Proquest-ABI Inform, EBSCOhost, GoogleScholar, and listed with Cabell's Directory, Ulrich's Listing of Periodicals, Bowkers Publishing Resources, the Library of Congress, the National Library of Canada. Our journals have been accepted through precedent as scholarly research outlets by the following business school accrediting bodies: AACSB, ACBSP, & IACBE.

Page 5: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

This Issue Technological Capability Improvement as Result of the Entrepreneur’s Search for Innovation in the SMEs in Colombia ................................................................................... 11 Yonni Angel Cuero Acosta, Md. Noor Un Nabi, Utz Dornberger The improvement of technological capability (TC) is not only a firm-level issue; it is similarly important to the catching-up process and improving national competitiveness. Previous works on TC have generally not paid much attention to the improvement of TC in the micro and small and medium enterprises (SMEs). This paper shows how the mediator role of entrepreneurial orientation (EO) on the relationship between networking capability (NC) and absorptive capacity (AC) of firms contributes significantly to the improvement of TC in the micro and SMEs in Colombia. Purchase Intention of Consumers for an Automobile in the United States: A Hierarchical Regression Model ............................................................................................................ 26 Hao Fan Mo, Wong Ming Wong The purpose of this study is to examine the purchase intention of consumers who may be interested in purchasing an automobile in the United States. The study adopted the Theory of Reasoned Action model that explores the gender, age, and race of consumers and relates it to their purchase intention of consumers for automobiles, moderated by income. The research sample consisted of 562 respondents and was collected from Los Angeles County in the United States. The results of the study indicated that the purchase intention of consumers is affected by their age and race. A New Index of Entrepreneurship Measure ........................................................................................... 35 Annamaria Bianchi, Silvia Biffignandi A new index of entrepreneurship measure based on M-quantile regression methods is introduced. This index allows meaningful comparison of the entrepreneurial performances. The new method is illustrated using the Kauffman Firm Survey, a study of new businesses in the United States. A comparative analysis between this index and a classical index obtained with Data Envelopment Analysis is performed. Using this index, possible determinants of entrepreneurship are investigated applying beta regression. An Investigation of Marketers’ Attitudes Towards Corporate Restructuring and CSR in Sub Saharan Africa: A Case of the Nigerian Service Industry in Lagos Metropolis ................................. 51 Bolajoko Nkemdinim Dixon-Ogbechi, Elizabeth M. Haran, Joseph F. Aiyeku, Piyachat Jarutirasarn The concept of corporate social responsibility (CSR) continues to grow in recent years and is gradually becoming a global trend. Despite this growth, the adoption of CSR is still very small in the Nigerian service marketing industry. This paper investigated marketer’s attitude towards corporate restructuring and CSR in the Nigerian service marketing industry in Lagos metropolis. It concluded that there is a positive relationship between Nigerian service marketing industry marketers’ attitude and the adoption of CSR despite the current wave of corporate challenges in the country. Overall results indicate that actions that followed restructuring were judged to show social responsibility. 

Page 6: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Social Media Such As the Phenomenon of Modern Business ............................................................... 62 Veronika Svatošová Social media is becoming an integral part of marketing communications. Therefore, it cannot be ignored by a successful company when setting its business strategy. The main aim of this paper is to present a critical view of the current possibilities of social media and based on the findings capture the key factors for business success through social media. This objective is achieved through a critical analysis of primary and secondary statistical sources dealing with the possibilities of Internet marketing communication and through a comparative analysis of the world’s social media population with the online social population in the Czech Republic. The Uses of Power in Influencing Relationship Economic Satisfaction: An Empirical Analysis in the Automobile Industry in Malaysia .......................................................... 85 Selvan Perumal, Nor Azila Mohd Noor, Zolkafli Hussin Despite the assumption that relationship satisfaction contributes to buyer-supplier relationship, previous researches have concentrated more on factors affecting an overall relationship satisfaction and very limited research focus has been given to understand the factors that influence the economic relationship satisfaction. Using a survey method, this study explores the uses of power as antecedent of economic relationship satisfaction among 107 car dealers in Malaysia. Results have revealed that uses of non coercive power could have a pivotal effect on the economic relationship satisfaction. The evidence from this study suggests the need for enhancing theories and models relating to channel relationships. Business Ethics: Exploring the Differences about Perceptions of Business Ethics Among Selected Turkish Financial Specialists ........................................................................... 96 Emrah Cengiz, Murat Ferman, Irfan Akyuz In a rapidly changing global competition environment regarding business management, professionals distinguished the importance of the question “how” as well as the question “why”. This clarification provides the professionals with a point of view that ethics do not form a part of business but business itself has become a part of ethical issues. The main purpose of this study is to examine the employee’s attitudes towards business ethics for exploring the diversities in the financial sector. Our results indicate that the significant diversities in financial sector depend on not only the demographics but also the employee’s position, department and working experience. Life-Span Concept - Modern Marketing Technique ........................................................................... 107 Devadatta Ranade The paper is a thematic paper on the product life cycle concept. This paper adds innovative ideas as new concepts in addition with the traditional concepts of product life cycle. This article explains modern marketing techniques as a combined effort to achieve an equilibrium between product life cycle and users’ life span as an integral part of marketing technique. Concept of users life span is derived with the stages of product life cycle as a matching consideration. Therefore, we can conclude that the PLC and ULS are the stages of Introduction, Growth, Maturity and Decline as well as the stages of Idea, Thinking, Decision and Purchasing.

Page 7: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Exploring Internal Marketing Applications: Case of Egypt ............................................................... 116 Hamed M. Shamma In this study we aim to explore internal marketing applications in Egypt. There is no evidence about the extent of internal marketing understanding and its applications. Thus, we explore it by presenting some case studies and conducting some in-depth interviews. This paper is based on a combination of secondary and primary research. Some cases of companies that apply internal marketing practices are presented and discussed. In addition, a series of in-depth interviews with top-level managers were conducted to examine their views about internal marketing practices in their organizations. The findings provided some evidence that there are some companies that apply internal marketing in Egypt. This was identified from the secondary research case studies. However, when the qualitative interviews were conducted, it was found that there was lack of a clear understanding by many companies about what is internal marketing and methods for applying internal marketing. This study provides some insights as to internal marketing practices at Egyptian companies. The paper is useful for managers who want to know more about internal marketing applications and practices. This study sets the pace for more future work on this untapped research area. Brokers and Control of Adverse Selection (Pre-contractual Opportunism) in the Nigerian Insurance Market .................................................................................................................... 126 Tajudeen Olalekan Yusuf Insurance opportunism at the pre-contractual stage go largely under-studied. This article explores the effectiveness of the insurance brokers’ information gathering role at this stage to control adverse selection in the Nigerian insurance market. It also set to examine stakeholders’ pressure effect on the brokers to control insurance opportunism. Although semi-structured face-to-face interviews constituted the primary method of data collection, other methods were used as supplements. The findings suggest that this role, to a great extent, is performed creditably well in the Nigerian market. Expectedly, this has reinforced the theoretical framework that the insurance brokers enhance the competitiveness and efficiency of the insurance market through the resolution of adverse selection.

Page 8: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness
Page 9: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

GUIDELINES FOR SUBMISSION

Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC)

Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness is a double blind peer reviewed journal that publishes thought-provoking, in-depth articles that cover the marketing arena and the interface between marketing and firm competitiveness. Articles in JMDC bridge the gap between theory and application. The journal is widely circulated with a diverse readership that includes practitioners and academics, profit and nonprofit organizations, and government institutions. Although the focus is on traditional marketing mix topics, it also draws on other disciplines including entrepreneurship, management, economics, and finance as well as any marketing issue in an international context. JMDC is committed to publishing a broad spectrum of conceptual and empirical articles that make a new theoretical and/or substantive contribution to the field. The target acceptance bounds of JMDC run between 13% and 19%. All articles go through a double blind review process, and acceptance decisions are made within forty-five days of submission. Authors of unaccepted papers are free to submit their papers to another journal. Submission Format Articles should be submitted following the American Psychological Association format. Articles should not be more than 30 double-spaced, typed pages in length including all figures, graphs, references, and appendices. Submit two hard copies of manuscript along with a disk typed in MS-Word. Make main sections and subsections easily identifiable by inserting appropriate headings and sub-headings. Type all first-level headings flush with the left margin, bold and capitalized. Second-level headings are also typed flush with the left margin but should only be bold. Third-level headings, if any, should also be flush with the left margin and italicized. Include a title page with manuscript which includes the full names, affiliations, address, phone, fax, and e-mail addresses of all authors and identifies one person as the Primary Contact. Put the submission date on the bottom of the title page. On a separate sheet, include the title and an abstract of 100 words or less. Do not include authors’ names on this sheet. A final page, “About the Authors,” should include a brief biographical sketch of 100 words or less on each author. Include current place of employment and degrees held. References must be written in APA style. It is the responsibility of the author(s) to ensure that the paper is thoroughly and accurately reviewed for spelling, grammar and referencing.

Page 10: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Review Procedure Authors will receive an acknowledgement by e-mail including a reference number shortly after receipt of the manuscript. All manuscripts within the general domain of the journal will be sent for at least two reviews, using a double blind format, from members of our Editorial Board or their designated reviewers. In the majority of cases, authors will be notified within 45 days of the result of the review. If reviewers recommend changes, authors will receive a copy of the reviews and a timetable for submitting revisions. Papers and disks will not be returned to authors. Accepted Manuscripts When a manuscript is accepted for publication, author(s) must provide format-ready copy of the manuscripts including all graphs, charts, and tables. Specific formatting instructions will be provided to accepted authors along with copyright information. Each author will receive two copies of the issue in which his or her article is published without charge. All articles printed by JMDC are copyrighted by the Journal. Permission requests for reprints should be addressed to the Editor. Questions and submissions should be addressed to:

North American Business Press 301 Clematis Street, #3000

West Palm Beach, FL USA 33401 [email protected]

866-624-2458

Page 11: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Technological Capability Improvement as Result of the Entrepreneur’s Search for Innovation in the SMEs in Colombia

Yonni Angel Cuero Acosta

University of Leipzig

Md. Noor Un Nabi University of Leipzig

Utz Dornberger

University of Leipzig

The improvement of technological capability (TC) is not only a firm-level issue; it is similarly important to the catching-up process and improving national competitiveness. Previous works on TC have generally not paid much attention to the improvement of TC in the micro and small and medium enterprises (SMEs). This paper shows how the mediator role of entrepreneurial orientation (EO) on the relationship between networking capability (NC) and absorptive capacity (AC) of firms contributes significantly to the improvement of TC in the micro and SMEs in Colombia. INTRODUCTION

A number of studies in the field of technological capabilities (TC) have only been carried out in large companies in developed countries (Ortega, 2009) or come from newly industrializing economies (NIEs) (Ernst & Kim, 2002; Hobday & Rush, 2007; Kim & et al., 1987; Panda & Ramanathan, 1996). In this sense there is a gap in the literature about the analysis of the TC in micro, small and medium size enterprises (SMEs) in emerging economies (Giuliani & et al., 2005; Romijn, 1999). The concept of TC has been studied as a process with various foci, such as development, acquisition or building up of TC, and the TC’s impact has mainly investigated in relation to firms’ performance (Acha, 2000; Eternad & Lee, 2001; Lee & et al., 2001; Afuah, 2002; Schoenecker & Swanson, 2002; Vanhaverbeke, 2002; Tsai, 2004; Zahra & et al., 2007). So far, however, there has been little discussion about how to improve TC at the firm level.

Various authors have contributed to define TC. They describe TC as the possession of certain resources or abilities. For instance Figuereido (2002) sees TC as “resources needed to generate and manage improvement in processes and production organization, products, equipment, and engineering projects” (Figuereido, 2002, p.74). This definition places TC at the same level of importance as resources, while other authors differentiate between resources and capabilities1. As thinking about TC evolved, it became clear that it is not just a store of knowledge but an ability which can be used. In this sense Panda and Ramanathan 1996 defined TC as “a set of functional abilities, reflected in the firm’s performance through various technological activities and whose ultimate purpose is firm-level value management by

Page 12: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

developing difficult-to-copy organizational abilities” (Panda & Ramanathan, 1996, p.562). From this perspective TC has the ability to enhance another capability such as marketing capability, but what gives an advantage to the firm is the understanding of how the new enhanced capability works. Following this line, Ortega (2009) points out that TC is the firm’s ability to perform technical functions, to develop new products and processes and to operate the firm’s facilities effectively. It is necessary to highlight the fact that the main goal of TC is to have an impact on products and/or processes. TC is not found exclusively at the production plant level, but can also be found at various levels of the organization; for example Morrison, Pietrobelli and Rabelloti (2007) analyze TC as “skills-technical, managerial or organizational- that firms need in order to utilize efficiently the hardware (equipment) and software (information) of technology and to accomplish any process of technological change” (Morrison, et.al., 2007, p.5). Likewise, Hobday and Rush (2007) point out the process of accumulation of knowledge, experience and skills; furthermore these authors sees TC as a key element to using technology within a firm, as well as to achieving competitive advantage. Their definition of TC is “the accumulated knowledge, skill, experience and organizational base which enable a firm to acquire, develop and use technology to achieve competitive advantage” (Hobday & Rush, 2007, p.1341).

The above definitions highlight various issues about TC at the firm level. Because this research investigates at the firm level, the definition of TC must be rewritten to include the features that a firm has to confront in the use of technology. For this reason this paper will use the Linsu Kim’s definition. Kim (1997) defined TC as “the ability to make effective use of technological knowledge in efforts to assimilate, use, adapt, and change existing technologies, which may result in development of technology and development of new products and process in response to changing economic environment” (Kim, 1997, p.86). For this study the use of such definition is important because it posits the broadest role of TC at the firm level. Because of the relevance of knowledge to enhance TC, it is important to go back one step in the analysis to understand how firms can obtain this knowledge and how they can put that knowledge to use in a practical way which can support the improvement of TC. Firms have their own partners as external sources of technical knowledge. Normally companies network to have access to information or knowledge that can advance their technological development. Additionally, firms have to be entrepreneurial during their activities to overcome their competitors. This entrepreneurial attitude steers the way in which firms use the acquired knowledge from external sources and put that knowledge into process and products. This scenario describes the reality that micro and SMEs confront on a daily basis.

This paper focuses on exploration of the factors that contribute to the improvement of TC within micro and SMEs in Colombia. In doing so, the main contribution of this paper is the analysis of entrepreneurial orientation (EO) as a mediator on the relationship between networking capability (NC) and absorptive capacity (AC). A firm can have a useful network of partners as well as the ability to efficiently absorb and apply knowledge, but it is the firm’s EO that intervenes to maximize the interaction between both capabilities and their results. This study examines EO, NC and AC because their characteristics (that promote improvement, adaptation and innovation) can enhance the positive effect of AC on a firm's TC. This paper particularly investigates the micro and SMEs which are technology intensive in their operations and which are tagged with the large firms in different industries as their suppliers. These firms generally produce tailor-made products and offer customized solutions to their clients. These companies are known as the technology-intensive suppliers (t-suppliers)2 (Dornberger & Torres, 2006), which are noted for their contribution to expanding the backward linkage bases (Hirschman, 1958) of different industries in different parts of the world and for there by adding momentum to the national catching-up process (Herniesnemi & et al., 1996; Ramos, 2001; De Obschatko, 1997).

This paper is organized as follows: the next two sections offer the theoretical foundation for the model regarding the connection between NC, EO, AC and TC. The methodology section presents the procedures used to test the hypothesis, and the next section reports the results of the analysis. The discussion section considers the theoretical and practical implications of the findings. The paper ends with the conclusions developed from the results obtained.

Page 13: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

CONCEPTUAL FRAMEWORK

Increased economic development is a priority for all countries, especially for those with emerging economies. This can be achieved through industrialization. A key element for industrialization is the acquisition of technological capability (Kim, 1999a). Industrialization can advance within a country when the country’s firms progress technologically. While markets constantly change in terms of technology (technological change), firms have to develop skills to respond to this change. In this regard firms have to carry out technological learning to accumulate TC and to be able to maintain their competitiveness. The concepts of technological change and of technological learning are quite relevant for emerging countries. The concept of technological change developed as a result of thought about evolutionary economic theory. The latter, which is found at the firm level, is investigated through capability literature, which is one subset of the evolutionary approach (Romijn, 1999). Thus, under this theoretical perspective it is understood that a company's response to the market’s technological changing environment is through the internal capabilities that the company develops, in this case TC.

This paper investigates TC at the firm level. At this level such capability is acquired through learning. Learning is the core of economic development where the TC plays a fundamental role (Nelson & Winter, 1982; Kim, 1999a). TC is accumulated and embodied in skills, knowledge, experience and organizational systems (Arvanitis & Villavicencio, 1998; Bell & Pavitt, 1993, 1995; Cassen, 1996; Cortes de Castro & Figuereido, 2005; Dutrénit, 2004; Figueiredo, 2002, 2007; Jonker & et al., 2006; Kumar & Kumar, 2008; Romijn, 1999; Romijn & Albaradejo, 2002; Westphal & et al., 1985). The accumulation of TC is described by Dutrénit (2004) as the learning processes involved in the gradual building up of a minimum base of technological knowledge to be able to carry out innovative activities. The nature of the technology strategy followed by firms, the processes of knowledge management inside firms and the characteristics of the national innovation systems determine the level of TC development in the firm (Kim, 1997), while national TC building is more associated with government intervention in terms of the incentives regimes, the factor markets and the institutions that support knowledge and technology development (Lall, 2000; Lall & Pietrobelli, 2002). In a much broader sense, TC development can be conceptualized in different levels for instance at the acquisitive, operative, adaptive, innovative, and supportive and marketing level (Lall, 1992; Bell & Pavitt, 1995; Panda & Ramanathan, 1996; Guifu & Hongjia, 2009). From the perspective of these authors TC can be interpreted as basic or acquisition level when, for instance, a firm has the ability to acquire equipment, blueprints and technical knowledge, intermediate or operative level when the firm has the ability to operate and to manage these elements. Finally the advanced level is achieved when the firm has the ability to improve the possessed technology, and to be able to develop new products or processes.

Rooted in the concept of TC at the firm level, this paper proposes an approach which can explain how micro and SMEs can improve this capability. Specifically, this work draws attention to the need for a comprehensive view of the interaction between factors which can improve a firm's existing TC. Hence, the focus here investigates the mediator role played by EO on a firm’s knowledge sources. TC's main input is technological knowledge. Micro and SMEs can acquire knowledge from either external or internal sources. When considering external sources, this paper looks at the relationships between firms and their partners in networks. In this sense NC complements TC. For instance NC’s focus is the study of relationships in the sharing of resources and capabilities among firms. Once TC has been acquired by a firm, the major value of this achievement can be seen when the firm is able to put the TC into products and processes. This process can be the starting point for innovations within the firms (Kim, 1999a); however, this process does not appear as a consequence of the TC’s acquisition. It has to be created, coordinated and supervised by the entrepreneur3. It is at this moment that EO plays a fundamental role in the process in which firms can accumulate, develop or improve TC. EO represents all the decisions which have to be made to steer the technological way that a firm follows. At the firm level TC has been viewed as the acquisition of knowledge as well as the integration of this knowledge into different levels of the organization with the objective of introducing diversity and distinctiveness into the organization in comparison to the competitors in the market (Leonard-Barton, 1995; Prahalad & Hamel, 1990). It is

Page 14: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

relevant to investigate the firm’s AC in order to understand the acquisition and integration of knowledge which is requisite to increase TC. AC is the ability to use knowledge in a complementary way that can foster the TC.

NC enables a firm to connect its own resources to those of other firms by building relationships (Walter & et al., 2006). NC can be defined as the organization’s ability to develop, use and maintain relationships with external partners (Walter & et al., 2006). The relationship between two or more firms is a strategic action that shares resources and capabilities among the parties. This strategic action is the activity that can support the entrepreneurial decision-making process in such a way as to improve TC. Through NC entrepreneurs can have access to the experience of others, which can prevent them from making mistakes that others have made; moreover, entrepreneurs can learn how to be more efficient in the use of their own resources to develop capabilities. Indeed, the knowledge that comes from other firms through relationships makes the NC a supporting factor for EO, too. NC describes how firms join efforts to achieve goals that each firm, acting alone, could not attain easily (Mohr & Spekman, 1994). From the perspective of a single firm, a network provides a set of relationships with various organizations, including customers, suppliers, competitors or public research institutions, relationships which are connected with each other and which create a wider network structure (Cook & Emerson, 1978). NC boosts a firm’s abilities to develop and utilize inter-organizational relationships to gain access to various resources held by other actors. This study will use three categories: coordination, relational skills and partner knowledge. Coordination refers to the coordination between collaborating firms (Mohr & Spekman, 1994). Relational skills include such aspects as communication ability, extraversion, conflict management skills, empathy, emotional stability, self-reflection, sense of justice and cooperativeness (Marshall & et al., 2003) Partner knowledge refers to the organized and structured information about a firm’s upstream and downstream partners and competitors (Walter & et al., 2006). Partner knowledge allows firms to reduce transaction control costs with their partners. Partner knowledge supports firms’ position inside a network, thus entrepreneurs can receive immense support from NC.

Once an entrepreneur has received support from partners, he/she can have a better vision to orient the firm technological path. This paper analyzes the mediator effect of EO on the relationship between NC and AC. Even though NC, EO and AC are capabilities at the firm level, there must be a distinction between the role and the status of each of these capabilities within the firm. This paper assumes that the entrepreneur is the person who decides which kind of relationship should be implemented with external sources, as well as with who. Likewise the entrepreneur establishes the way in which knowledge should be integrated within the different levels of the firm; in other words the orientation of the entrepreneur is the feature which can enhance the AC. Actions that are often viewed in the literature as examples of entrepreneurship are: First when an established organization enters a new business; second when an individual or individuals defend new product ideas within a firm context and third when an entrepreneurial philosophy permeates an entire organization’s operations (Covin & Miles, 1999). The third situation is well-known in the literature as entrepreneurial orientation or EO. “EO refers to the processes, practices, and decision-making activities that lead to new entry” (Lumpkin & Dess, 1996, p.136). This research studies the influence of EO in the technological development inside a firm. The assumption is that an entrepreneur with the knowledge that comes from his/her business network can guide the role that AC plays within the firm. EO stimulates AC because the entrepreneur has to share his/her own knowledge with the firm’s personnel. The entrepreneur’s orientation contributes to increase the acquisition of knowledge which is related to technological aspects in the firm. Entrepreneurs have to assume risks and to have initiative to obtain innovation. For these reasons entrepreneurs are the first source of internal knowledge within micro and SMEs.

The idea of a new entry into the market refers to the offers that a company makes for a market; however, it is necessary to differentiate between entrepreneurship and EO. “That is, new entry explains what entrepreneurship consists of, and entrepreneurial orientation describes how new entry is undertaken” (Lumpkin & Dess, 1996, p.136). Thus it is clear that EO implies a willingness to innovate to rejuvenate market offerings, to take risks to try out new and uncertain products, services and markets and to be more proactive than competitors toward new marketplace opportunities (Covin & Slevin, 1989, 1990, 1991;

Page 15: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Knight, 1997; Namen & Slevin, 1993; Wiklund, 1999; Wiklund & Shepherd, 2005; Zahra, 1993; Zahra & Covin, 1995). At the firm level researches have agreed that EO is based in three dimensions: innovation, proactivity and moderate risk-taking (Miller, 1983; Wiklund, 1999). Innovation can materialize both in the creation of new resources and in new ways of combining available resources (Zahra & et al., 1999). Proactiveness refers to the firm’s response to market opportunities and implies an opportunity-seeking perspective (Lumpkin & Dess, 2001; Kreiser, 2002). Risk-taking propensity denotes the willingness to make investments in projects that have uncertain outcomes (Lumpkin & Dess, 1996). In micro and small firms due to their structure, the decisions about routines and acquisition of knowledge are steered by the entrepreneur.

Cohen and Levinthal (1989) define AC as the ability to learn from external knowledge through processes of knowledge identification, assimilation and exploitation. The same authors redefine the absorptive capacity construct as the capacity of a firm to value, assimilate and apply, for commercial ends, knowledge from external sources (Cohen & Levinthal, 1990). Modern economies are not based on capital and labor as much as they are based on knowledge, which has become the key factor of development (Davenport & Prusak, 1998). Firms need to acquire knowledge from external sources to use this knowledge at different levels of the organizations. In a dynamic and turbulent environment knowledge represents a critical resource to create value and to develop and sustain competitive advantages (Teece & et al., 1997). AC contributes to the creation and development of competitive advantage through the management of external knowledge (Camison & Forés, 2010). Additionally Zahra and George (2002) link AC to a set of organizational routines and strategic processes through which firms acquire, assimilate, transform and apply knowledge with the aim of creating a dynamic organizational capacity. The strengthening of the firm’s performance comes from this dynamism where the main activities of AC are related to the management of knowledge. This feature makes AC a column of the improvement TC. This paper investigates AC as a key factor which facilitates the improvement of TC within the firm because TC’s main component is knowledge and this knowledge must be integrated into the whole organization. “An organization’s absorptive capacity will depend on the absorptive capacity of its individual members…. A firm’s absorptive capacity is not, however, simply the sum of the absorptive capacities of its employees” (Cohen & Levinthal, 1990, p.131). Once the AC of a company has received the influence of EO, AC contributes to the improvement of the TC that the company already has.

Hypothesis

Knowledge accumulation and learning inside the firm depends on a set of subjective and objective routines targeted to bring knowledge inside the firm from outside, exploiting the knowledge inside the firm, generate learning from the exploitation of knowledge, internalize the learning inside the firm and apply the learning further to generate a more advanced level of knowledge. Based on this line of thought and on the theoretical background, this paper proposes a new method of analyzing the factors which contribute to the improvement of TC. The proposed model consists of the study of the interplay between NC, EO and AC as prerequisite for the improvement of TC. The model states that EO has a positive mediator role on the relationship between NC and AC. EO benefits from the knowledge that comes from relationships with other firms. Entrepreneurs’ philosophy, vision and the way of operating greatly influence the determination of what routines the firm sets to maintain the connectivity between a firm and its external environment, such as market, institutions and other agents who are the repositories of the extant and potential knowledge. The knowledge obtained from relationships with other firms heightens EO; thus, the entrepreneur can share his vision and knowledge with all of the organization’s departments to make decisions in terms of how to improve the firm’s TC. The EO also influences the other set of objective routines that set out the way the firm internalizes knowledge and learning produced inside the firm. This internal process of absorption of and application of knowledge is the operationalization of AC which is a key element for the improvement of TC. Thus EO can foster and enhance AC. It should be noted that there is no literature to support this attempt to employ EO as a mediator variable. This is a new exploratory perspective of the EO approach. The hypothesis which this paper tests is the mediator model

Page 16: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

itself. The model assumes that the mediator role played by EO on the relationship between NC and AC allows the AC to have a positive impact on the improvement of TC.

Methodology Operational Definition of the Constructs and Their Measurements

Table 1 contains the operationalization of the constructs that have been used in this paper as well as their corresponding indicators and their measurements.

TABLE 1

OPERATIONALIZATION OF THE CONSTRUCTS

Constructs Operational definition Components Number of indicators*

Entrepreneurial Orientation (EO)

Firm’s behavior demonstrating procativeness, risk taking propensity, innovativeness and competitive aggressiveness

(Ripolles & et al., 2007; Miller, 1983; Lumpkin & Dess, 1996)

Innovation (INNO)

09

Proactiveness and Competitive aggressiveness (PCA)

Risk taking (RISKT)

Absorptive capacity (AC)

Firm’s ability to learn from external knowledge through processes of knowledge identification, assimilation, and exploitation

(Cohen & Levinthal, 1989; Camison & Forés, 2010)

Assimilation (ASSIM)

11

Transformation (TRANM)

Application (APLIC)

Networking capability (NC)

Ability to develop relationship with, coordinate the interaction with and gather knowledge about the partners and agents outside the firm

(Walter & et al., 2006)

Coordination (COORD)

09

Relational skills (RELS)

Partner knowledge (PAKN)

Technological capability (TC)

Combination of technology acquiring capability (TAC), technology operational capability (TOC) and technology shifting capability (TSC)

(Guifu & Hongjia, 2009)

Technology acquiring capability (TAC)

10 Technology operational capability (TOC)

Technology shifting capability (TSC)

*All indicators were measured with a 1-7 point Likert scale: 1=totally disagree. 2= disagree.3= partially disagree. 4= indifferent.5= partially agree.6= agree.7= totally agree.

Page 17: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Sample and Data Micro and SMEs based in Cali (Colombia) and engaged in production of technology-intensive

products or specialized knowledge-intensive solutions acting as suppliers to large firms were included in this research. For instance these firms produce rollers to clean rice, tailor-made spare parts, industrial furnaces and tailor-made metalwork. The Cali Chamber of Commerce has provided listing of 280 such firms, of which 114 were operating. 114 firms were contacted during the period of September -December 2010 with an invitation to fill in a questionnaire designed for this research, 85 questionnaires were returned. Five questionnaires were incomplete, and 80 questionnaires were finally retained, making the sample size 80, which represents 70 percent of the population. All of the 80 companies are machinery manufacturers. The sample is made up of 59 micro enterprises, 20 small enterprises and 1 medium-sized enterprise4. Average employment size of the sampled firms was 9, while the maximum was 60. Average age of the sampled enterprises was 12, while the maximum was 51. Analytical Methods

Both descriptive and inferential statistics have been applied to analyze the collected data. Bivariate correlation, linear multiple regressions and a mediation model were applied to draw inferences from the data. First after the data collection, it was applied descriptive analysis of the constructs. Second correlation analysis was applied to learn the relationships between constructs. Third to understand in which way EO, NC and AC work to support the improvement of TC, it was necessary to analyze the mediation effect. This mediation effect presented significant results which support the theoretical foundation of this paper. According to the literature review, the mediation effect of EO has not been tested before. RESULTS Quality Criteria of the Model

Table 2 shows the quality criteria of the model. The constructs are superior to the criteria of 0.85 in the composite reliability. The R Square (R2) for the relationship between the constructs NC and EO is 0.1409, this shows that NC can explain the strengthening of EO; the R2 between EO and AC is 0.3101 and between AC and TC is 0.4519. These two relationships are statistically significant. Also the results of the AVE and the composite reliability of the constructs are substantially higher. The mediator model and its statistics results are shown in the Figure 2.

TABLE 2 QUALITY CRITERIA OF THE MODEL

R2 Redundancy AVE Composite

Reliability Communality

NC 0.0000 0.0000 0.6730 0.9486 0.6730 EO 0.1409 0.0660 0.5117 0.8788 0.5117 AC 0.3101 0.1506 0.5234 0.8679 0.5234 TC 0.4519 0.2564 0.5719 0.9000 0.5719

Page 18: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

FIGURE 1 MEDIATOR MODEL RESULTS

Figure 1 shows that EO acts as a mediator between NC and AC. This model confirms the assumption that entrepreneurs use the external sources of technical knowledge to foster their internal ability to address the assimilation of that knowledge in the various organizations’ levels. Once the AC is addressed by the entrepreneur, the TC can be improved. Table 3 shows mediation results which have been calculated through the indirect effect generated by a particular mediator in this case EO; the statically validity of the indirect effect has been determined by using the Sobel test. The indirect effect of EO is a statistically valid effect, as the Sobel test score is a statistically significant score. The result of the model (NCˣ->ACʸ->EOᶻ) proves the existence of a valid mediating model where EO mediates the relationship between NC and AC.

TABLE 3 PATH COEFFICIENTS

R² Β Std.

Error

Mediation results

Indirect Effect

Sobel P

NCˣ →EOᶻ 0.1409 0.375 4.1920 0.08950.1856250 2.93950769 0.00328734

EOᶻ→ACʸ 0.3101 0.495 4.1263 0.1200 ˣIndependent ʸDependent ᶻMediator

DISCUSSION

The hypothesis that this paper tested was a mediator model itself. The model states that the mediator role played by EO on the relationship between NC and AC allows the later to have a positive impact on the improvement of TC. Based on the statistical results, this hypothesis is proven. EO mediates the relationship between NC and AC. Ellram (1991) pointed out that NC supports a firm’s abilities to share information related to technology and to new product development with other firms. Among various needs firms network because of a lack of TC (Brouthers, 1995). NC is a source of technological knowledge, and firms can access knowledge and expertise from partners (Ellram, 1990; Morgan & Moncska, 1995). In this regard the paper’s mediator model shows that NC is important as a source of knowledge for other capabilities. NC is the starting point in the interplay between capabilities that could improve a firm’s competitiveness. To have a network is not enough; it is the ability to network that

β: 0.672**

β: 0.495**

β: 0.130

NC 0.000

TC 0.4519

EO 0.1409

AC 0.3101

β: 0.375**

Page 19: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

matters (Schmitz & Gentry, 2000). Firms acquire knowledge from external sources through NC; this knowledge is guided by the firm’s EO to enhance AC. This path is the prerequisite to strengthen the TC that firms already possess. In this sense NC strengthens the performance of EO within a firm. The knowledge which comes from partners can trigger EO by giving expertise and technical information that leads to innovations or improvements within the firm (Schmitz & Gentry, 2000).

Entrepreneurship research has investigated EO and its characteristics such as innovativeness, risk-taking and proactivity (Soininen & et al., 2011). EO guides firms to establish relationships with its partners, and how the knowledge taken from these relationships go through the various organizations’ levels. This use of knowledge allows entrepreneurs to enhance a firm’s AC. Chen et al. (2012) have pointed out the effects of EO on innovative activities and technological development within an organization. Although the confirmation of the paper’s hypothesis was expected, there is no support in the literature for this mediator model attempt. In this regard this paper shed a new light on the understanding of EO’s role. EO as a firm-level construct has to be analyzed from a broad perspective to show its interaction as a leading and influential factor to other capabilities. Likewise, this finding shows that the entrepreneurial vision of a firm, which starts from the entrepreneur’s initiative, is the key contributor to the firm’s development. In a practical way the stimulation of EO within firms can ensure that companies develop competitive advantage and strengthen the economic growth of the region and country. Strongest EO’s components such as innovativeness, risk-taking and proactivity confer more opportunities to increase the firm’s competitive advantage. Furthermore, EO boosts the effect of AC. AC requires not only the entrepreneur’s experience and knowledge, but also the entrepreneur’s perspective, to achieve effective combination of knowledge. It is the effectiveness of the assimilation, application and transformation of knowledge which shows the relevance of AC at the firm level.

This paper investigates the factors that contribute to the improvement of TC within micro and SMEs in Colombia. A firm’s competitiveness depends on how well the company responds to market needs. TC is a fundamental concept for micro and SMEs which have to respond to market pressures. The findings of this research show that AC can significantly drive the improvement of TC. The process of acquiring TC requires absorptive capacity (Kim, 1999b). The main function of AC is to use knowledge effectively to raise the firm’s capabilities. Murovec and Prodan confirmed the importance of AC for innovation and for the competitiveness and growth of firms (2009). AC allows firms to create value and to gain and sustain a competitive advantage through the management of external knowledge (Camison & Forés, 2010). Firms can assimilate, transform and apply knowledge and develop it in order to become more dynamic organizations in terms of responding to the changes in their contexts. This paper, however, shows that AC requires the firm to have an entrepreneurial attitude which facilitates the processes related to the management of technical knowledge. This knowledge is the basis to acquire, operate, manage and shift technology. Knowledge facilitates innovation in products and processes within firms. For this reason AC is vital to the improvement of TC. TC is focused on the specific task of applying knowledge to improve the management of technology. The skill of the firm in using that knowledge which has come from AC facilitates the use technology. In other words AC is what produces the improvement of TC. It is necessary to point out that although AC is the factor which has a direct impact on TC, the previous interaction between NC and EO is fundamental to enhancing AC. Once AC stimulates TC, the results of this relationship could be seen in the progression of products and processes upgraded. In this sense this allows the firm to compete with more differentiated products. TC effectively uses technological knowledge to build up industrial competitiveness (Lall, 1990; OECD, 1996; Kim 1999a; Schacht, 1997).

In the introduction this paper asks the following question: How can firms acquire and put knowledge to use in a practical way which can support the improvement of TC? The previous paragraphs explain how the mediator model answers this question. It is important inumerate the specific characteristics of an entrepreneur. Entrepreneurs’ attitudes toward or the way assuming risks influence on the way their firm invest their critical resources in developing their offers for their market. In the Colombian context micro and SMEs are largely risk averse, yet the firms have a tendency to act proactively to beat out the competition. At the same time EO contributes to a firm's internal ability to use technical knowledge. TC

Page 20: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

symbolizes the accumulated technological knowledge the firm employs when developing new products/services and improving existing ones (Kyleheiko & et al., 2011). CONCLUSION

This paper has showed which factors contribute to the improvement of TC. Having achieved this outcome firms can strengthen their competitiveness because of the obtained upgraded products and processes which can result from this improvement. The improvement of TC has been directly explained by the relationship between NC, EO and AC. EO acts as a mediator on the relationship between NC and AC. In the context of emerging economies, this research has presented the Colombian case in which due to the lack of effective support for micro and SMEs, the primary way to address the improvement of TC within micro and SMEs is by enhancing into entrepreneurial orientation. In emerging economies EO acts as the primary stimulant for capability development and improvement, while in developed countries it is primarily initiated by the national system of innovation. This paper illustrates the need in emerging countries for the consolidation not only a national innovation system but also effective promotion policies to micro and SMEs that support the entrepreneurship at the firm level. AC’s significant role toward the improvement of TC establishes the fact that the knowledge held not only by the manager but also by the employees, and the internalization of the knowledge in different levels of the firm ensures the expected capability output. Even though the majority of the organizational structures in the paper’s sample were not complex, the AC construct showed its relevance at the firm level, where the fact of being micro or SMEs is a positive characteristic that makes faster the decision process in terms of technical knowledge sharing within the firm. NC plays a vital role as a source of resources, information and knowledge; however, more effective governmental policies are needed to foster sectors which can impact the potential of Colombian micro and SMEs. These results show that governments in emerging economies can foster economic growth by strengthening of the entrepreneurial spirit and expanding the channels which allow micro and SMEs to obtain knowledge. ENDNOTES

1. “Resources can be tangible assets such as facilities and process technology, or intangible, as in the case of patents, brand name, reputation and trade secrets….A capability refers to a firm’s capacity to deploy and reconfigure those resources to improve productivity and achieve strategic goals” (Ortega, 2009, p.2).

2. A literature review shows there is a consensus that t-suppliers are companies that provide equipment and/or machinery to other firms that use the equipment and/or machinery in production; moreover, t-suppliers provide knowledge-intensive services (Torres, 2010).

3. An entrepreneur is understood to be a person who generated an idea for a business which today is materialized in a firm.

4. According to the Colombian national law 590 of 2000; the definition of SMEs is based on the number of employees working at the firm, thus micro enterprises have 1-10 workers, small enterprises have 11-50 workers and medium enterprises 51-100 workers.

REFERENCES Acha, V. (2000). The role of technological capabilities in determining performance: the case of the upstream petroleum industry. The DRUID conference of industrial dynamics. Hillerod. Afuah, A. (2002). Mapping technological capabilities into product markets and competitive advantage: the case of cholesterol drugs. Strategic Management Journal, 23, 171-179. Arvanitis, R. & Villavicencio, D. (1998). Introduction: Comparative Perspectives on Technological Learning. Science Technology & Society, 3, (1).

Page 21: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Bell, M. & Pavitt, K. (1993). Technological Accumulation and Industrial Growth: Contrasts between Developed and Developing Countries. Science Policy Research Unit. University of Sussex, Birghton. Oxford university press. Bell, M. & Pavitt, K. (1995). The Development of Technological Capabilities. Trade, Technology and International Competitiveness, Washington, DC, the World Bank, 69-101. Brouthers, K.D., Brouthers, L.E. & Wilkinson, T.J. (1995). Strategic alliances: choose your partners. Long Range Planning, 28, (3), 18-25. Camison, C. & Forés, B. (2010). Knowledge Absorptive Capacity: New Insights for its Conceptualization and Measurement. Journal of Business Research, 63, 707-715. Cassen, R. & Lall, S. (1996). Lessons of East Asian Development. Journal of the Japanese and International Economies, 10, 326-334. Chen, Y-C., Li, P-C. & Evans, K.R. (2012). Effects interaction and entrepreneurial orientation on organizational performance: insights into market driven and market driving. Industrial Marketing Management. Doi: 10.1016/J.indmarman.2012.01.017. Cohen, W. & Levinthal, D. (1989). Innovation and Learning: the Two Faces of R&D,” The Economic Journal, 99, (397), 569-596. Cohen, W. & Levinthal, D. (1990). Absorptive capacity: A new perspective on learning and innovation. Administrative Science Quarterly, 35, (1), special issue: Technology, organizations, and innovation, 128-152. Cook, K. & Emerson, R. (1978). Power equity and commitment in exchange networks. American Sociological Review, 43. Cortes de Castro, E. & Figueiredo, P. (2005). Does Technological Learning Pay off? Inter-firm Differences in Technological Capability-Accumulation Paths and Operational Performance Improvement. Research Policy, 31, 73-94. Covin, J. & Miles, M. (1999). Corporate entrepreneurship and the pursuit of competitive advantage. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 23, (3), 47-65. Covin, J. & Slevin, D. (1989). Strategic management of small firms in hostile and benign environments. Strategic Management Journal, 10, (1), 75-87. Covin, J. & Slevin, D. (990). New venture strategic posture, structure and performance: an industry life cycle analysis. Journal of Business Venturing, 5, 123-135. Covin, J. & Slevin, D. (1991). A conceptual model of entrepreneurship as firm behavior. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 16, 7-25. Davenport, T.H. & Prusak, L. (1998). Working knowledge: how organizations manage what they know. Harvard Business school press, Boston, MA.

Page 22: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

De Obschatko, E. (1997). Articulacion productiva apartir de los Recursos Naturales. El Caso del Complejo Oleaginoso Argentino. Working Papers ECLAC, 74. Dornberger, U. & Torres, C. (2006). Kritische Faktoren für die Entwicklung von technologie-intensiven Zulieferunternehmen in Volkswirtschaften mit hoher Ausstattung an natürlichen Ressourcen. In Kleine und mittelgroße Unternehmen im globalen Innovationswettbewerb, Rainer Hampp Verlag, München. Dutrénit, G. (2004). Building Technological Capabilities in Latercomer Firms: a Review Essay. Science Technology & Society, 9, 209. Ellram, L. (1990). The supplier selection decision in strategic partnerships. Journal of purchasing and materials management, 26, (4), 8-14. Ellram, L. (1991). A managerial guideline for the development and implementation of purchasing partnerships. International journal of purchasing and materials management, 27, (3), 2-8. Ernst, D. & Kim, L. (2002). Global Production Networks Knowledge Diffusion and Local Capability Formation. Research Policy, 31, 1417 - 1429. Etemad, H. & Lee, Y. (2001). Technological capabilities and industrial concentration NICS and industrialized countries: Taiwanese SMEs versus Southern Korean chaebols. International Journal of Entrepreneurship and Innovation Management, 1, (3), 329-55. Figueiredo, P. (2002). Learning Processes Features and Technological Capability-Accumulation: Explaining Inter-Firm Differences. Technovation, 22, 685-698. Figueiredo, P. (2007). Industrial Policy Changes and Firm-Level Technological Capability Development: Evidence from Northern Brazil. World Development, 36, (1), 55-88. Giuliania, E., Pietrobelli, C. & Rabelloti, R. (2005). Upgrading in Global Value Chains; Lessons from Latin American Clusters. World Development, 33, (4), 549-573. Guifu, G. & Hongjia, M. (2009). Technological Capabilities and Firm Upgrading: an Empirical Study of High-Tech Firms. International Conference on Information Management, Innovation Management and Industrial engineering, Xi’an, December. Herniesnemi, H., Lammi, M. & Ylä-Anttila, P. (1996). Advantage Finland: The Future of Finish Industries. Editor: Rouvinen, P. ETLA, SITRA, Helsinki. Hirschman, A. (1958). The strategy of economic development. New Haven. Yale. University press. Hobday, M. & Rush, H. (2007). Upgrading the Technological Capabilities of Foreign Transnational Subsidiaries in Developing Countries: The Case of Electronics in Thailand. Research Policy, 36, 1335-1356. Jonker, M., Romijn, H. & Szirmai, A. (2006). Technological Effort, Technological Capabilities and Economic Performance a Case Study of the Paper Manufacturing Sector in West Jave. Technovation, 26, 121-134. Kim, L., Lee, J. & Lee, J. (1987). Korea’s Entry into the Computer Industry and its Acquisition of Technological Capability. Technovation, 6, (4), 277-93.

Page 23: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Kim, L. (1997). Imitation to Innovation: The Dynamics of Korea’s Technological Learning. Boston, Massachusetts USA, Harvard Business School Press. Kim, L. (1999a). Learning and innovation in economic development. Northampton, Massachusetts USA. Edward Elgar publishing limited. Kim, L. (1999b). Building technological capability for industrialization: analytical frameworks and Korea’s experience. Industrial and corporate change, 8, (1). Knight, G. (1997). Cross-cultural reliability and validity of a scale to measured firm entrepreneurial orientation. Journal of Business Venturing, 12, (3), 213-225. Kumar, U., Kumar, V. & De Grosbois, D. (2008). Development of Technological Capability by Cuban Hospitality Organizations. International Journal of Hospitality Management, 27, 12-22. Kyläheiko, K., Jantunen, A., Puumalainen, K., Saarenketo, S. & Tuppura, A. (2011). Innovation and internationalization of growth strategies: the role of technological capabilities and appropriability. International business review, 20, 508-520. Lall, S. (1990). Building industrial competitiveness in developing countries. Development center, organization for economic cooperation and development: Paris. Lall, S. (1992). Technological Capabilities and Industrialization. World Development, 20, (2), 165-186. Lall, S. (2000). Export Performance, Technological Upgrading and FDI Strategies in the Asian Newly Industrializing Economies: with Special Reference to Singapore. Series Desarrollo Productivo, 88. Lall, S. & Pietrobelli, C. (2002). Failing to Compete: Technology Development and Technology Systems in Africa. Cheltenham: Edward Elgar. Lee, C., Lee, K. & Pennings, J. (2001). Internal capabilities, external networks, and performance: a study on technology-based ventures. Strategic Management Journal, 22, 615-40. Leonard-Barton, D. (1995). Wellsprings of Knowledge. Boston, Massachusetts USA, Harvard Business School Press. Lumpkin, G. & Dess, D. (1996). Clarifying the Entrepreneurial Orientation Construct and Linking It to Performance. The Academy of Management Review, 21, (1), 135-172. Lumpkin, G. & Dess, G. (2001). Linking two dimensions of entrepreneurial orientation to firm performance. The moderating role of environment and industry life cycle. Journal of Business Venturing, 16, (5), 429-451. Marshall, G., Goehel, D. & Mocrief, W. (2003). Hiring for success at the buyer-seller interface. Journal of business research, 56, 247-255. Miller, D. (1983). The Correlates of Entrepreneurship in Three Types of Firms. Management Science, 29, (7), 770-791.

Page 24: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Mohr, J. & Spekman, R. (1994). Characteristics of partnership attributes, communication behavior, and conflict resolution techniques. Strategic management journal, 135-152. Morgan, J.P. & Monczka, R.M. (1995). Alliances for new products. Purchasing, 12, 103-9. Morrison, A., Pietrobelli, C. & Rabellotti, R. (2007). Global Value Chains and Technological Capabilities: A Framework to Study Learning and Innovation in Developing Countries. Department of International Development. University of Oxford. SLPTMD Working Paper Series, 005. Murovec, N. & Prodan, I. (2009). Absorptive capacity, its determinants, and influence on innovation output: cross-cultural validation of the structural model. Technovation, 29, 859-872. Namen, J. & Slevin, D. (1993). Entrepreneurship and the concept of fit: a model and empirical tests. Strategic Management Journal, 14. Nelson, R. & Winter, S. (1982). An evolutionary theory of economic change. Harvard Uni. Press. Cambridge, USA. OECD (organization for economic cooperation and development), (1996). Industrial competitiveness. Directorate for science, technology and industry, OECD: Paris. Ortega, M. (2009). Competitive strategies and firm performance: technological capabilities’ moderating roles. Journal of Business Research, 63, (12), 1273-1281. Panda, H. & Ramanathan, R. (1996). Technological Capability Assessment of a Firm in the Electricity Sector. Technovation, 16, (10), 561-588. Prahalad, C. K. & Hamel, G. (1990). The Core Competencies of the Corporation. Harvard Business Review, 68, (3), 79-91. Ramos, J. (2001). Complejos Productivos en Torno a los Recursos Naturales: ¿Una Estrategia Prometedora?, ECLAC Books, 61, Santiago de Chile, ECLAC. Ripollés-Melia, M., Menguzzato-Boulard, M. & Sanchez-Peinado, W. (2007). Entrepreneurial Orientation and International Commitment. Journal of International Entrepreneurship, 5, 65-83. Romijn, H. (1999). Acquisition of Technological Capability in Small Firms in Developing Countries. New York, USA, St. Martin’s Press. Romijn, H. & Albaladejo, M. (2002). Determinants of Innovation Capability in Small Electronics and Software Firms in South East England. Research Policy, 31, 1053-1067. Schacht, W.H. (1997). Industrial competitiveness and technological advancement: debate over government policy. Congressional research service: Washington, DC. Schmitz, J. & Gentry, J. (2000). A network comparison of alliance motives and achievements. Journal of business & industrial marketing, 15, 5, 301-322. Schoenecker, T. & Swanson, L. (2002). Indicators of firm technological capability: validity and performance implications. IEEE Trans Eng Manage, 49, (1), 36-44.

Page 25: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Soininen, J., Martikainen, M., Puumalainen, K. & Kyläheiko, K. (2011). Entrepreneurial orientation: growth and profitability of finnish small-and-medium-sized enterprises. International journal of production economics. Doi: 10.1016/J.ijpe.2011.05.029. Teece, D., Pisano, G. & Shuen, A. (1997). Dynamic capabilities and strategic management. Strategic management journal, 18, (7), 509-533. Torres-Fuchslocher, C. (2010). Understanding the development of technology-intensive suppliers in resource-based developing economies. Research policy, 39, 269-277. Tsai, K.H. (2004). The impact of technological capability on firm performance in Taiwan’s electronics industry. The Journal of High Technology Management Research, 15, (2), 183-95. Vanhaverbeke, W., Cuysters, G. & Beerkens, B. (2002). Technological capability building through networking strategies within high-tech industries. Eindhoven Center for Innovation Studies (ECIS) working paper series 01.15, Eindhoven Center for Innovation Studies (ECIS). Walter, A., Aver, M. & Ritter, T. (2006). The Impact of Network Capabilities and Entrepreneurial Orientation on University Spin-off Performance. Journal of Business Venturing, 541-567. Westphal, L., Kim, L. & Dahlman, C. (1985). Reflections on the Republic of Korea’s Acquisition of Technological Capability, in Nathan Rosenberg and Claudio Frischtak, International Technology Transfer: Concepts, Measures, and Comparisons, New York; 167-221. Wiklund, J. (1999). The sustainability of the entrepreneurial orientation-performance relationship. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 24, (1). Wiklund, J. & Shepherd, D. (2005). Entrepreneurial orientation and small business performance: a configurational approach. Journal of Business venturing, 20. Zahra, S.A. (1993). A conceptual model of entrepreneurship as firm behavior: a critique and extension. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 17. Zahra, S.A., Neubaum, D.O. & Larrañeta, B. (2007). Knowledge sharing and technological capabilities: the moderating role of family involvement. Journal of Business Research, 60, (10), 1070-9. Zahra, S.A. & Covin, J. (1995). Contextual influence on the corporate entrepreneurship-performance relationship: a longitudinal analysis. Journal of Business Venturing, 10, (1), 43-58. Zahra, S.A., Jennings, D.F. & Kuratico, D.F. (1999). The antecedents and consequences of firm-level entrepreneurship: the state of the field. Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 24. Zahra, S.A. & George, G. (2002). Absorptive capacity: a review, reconceptualization and extension. Academy of Management Review, 27, (2), 185-203. Web pages: Departamento Administrativo de Ciencia, Tecnología e Innovación. Área de Normatividad. < http://www.colciencias.gov.co/normatividad/ley-590-de-2000>. Accessed on Jan. 26, 2011.

Page 26: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Purchase Intention of Consumers for an Automobile in the United States: A Hierarchical Regression Model

Hao Fan Mo

Jinwen University of Science and Technology

Wong Ming Wong Shantou University

The purpose of this study is to examine the purchase intention of consumers who may be interested in purchasing an automobile in the United States. The study adopted the Theory of Reasoned Action model that explores the gender, age, and race of consumers and relates it to their purchase intention of consumers for automobiles, moderated by income. The research sample consisted of 562 respondents and was collected from Los Angeles County in the United States. The results of the study indicated that the purchase intention of consumers is affected by their age and race.

The objective of this study is to explore the purchase intention of consumers for an automobile in a multiracial society, after moderating for income, as it relates to the gender, age, race of consumers by utilizing the Theory of Reasoned Action model. Furthermore, the study emphasized the correlation between race of consumers and their purchase intention in a multiracial and multicultural society. Researchers and marketers utilize demographics from the view of the microenvironment because “people make market up” (Kotler & Keller, 2006). The size of the population, age, race, city size, religious background, educational level, income, and household size all influence the consumers’ attitudes, beliefs, and values, which in turn affect the purchase intention and behavior of consumers (Kotler & Keller, 2006). Peter and Olson (2008, p. 5) state that “consumer behavior involves the thoughts and feelings people experience and the actions they perform in consumption processes.” Furthermore, demographic factors of consumers can be easily measured and the data is accessible for market segmentation (Kotler & Keller, 2006; Wang, Chan, & Chen, 2001).

Additionally, in order to understand consumers who want to purchase an automobile, their purchase intention “is the single best predictor of actual behavior” (Peter and Olson, 2008, p. 147). The term intention is a plan to purchase something in the near further (Peter & Olson, 2008). Behavior is an action for some target object at a particular time (Peter & Olson, 2008). There is a time frame between the intention a consumer may have and the actual behavior of the consumer when they act on the intention (Peter & Olson, 2008). Therefore, the study explores the correlation between demographic factors of consumers and their intention to purchase an automobile in Los Angeles County, California, the United States.

Page 27: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

BACKGROUND

The research problem is how to identify consumers who have a high intention to purchase an automobile during an economic recession in a multiracial society such as the United States. Nowadays, there are two phenomena of the study background that is related to the sales of automobiles in the United States market. First, during a recession the number of automobiles sold is lower, however, there are still consumers who purchase an automobile. Comparing 2007 with 2008, the number of automobiles sold in the United States dropped 18% from 16.1 million to 13.2 million automobiles (Krebs & Visnic, 2009). In 2009, the number of automobiles sold dropped another 21% from 13.2 million cars to only 10.4 million (Krebs, 2010). However, in 2010 automobile sales recovered about 11% from 10.4 million to 11.5 million (Visnic, 2011). In short, the number of automobiles sold between 2007 and 2010 show that during an economic recession consumers reduced their automobile purchasing. Nevertheless, more than 10 million automobiles were sold during this recessionary period. In other words, the macroeconomic influence factors affect consumers’ behavior. It is in the marketers and manufacturers interest to understand how to identify who will be consumers and who will have a high intention to purchase an automobile.

Second, the market share of automobile companies who do business in the United States has changed due to globalization. In 2006, the market share of automobile in the United States has been divided into: (a) 23.1% of GM, (b) 15.1% of Ford, (c) 16% of Toyota, (d) 13.3% of Chrysler, (e) 9.2% of Honda, (f) 6.4% of Nissan, (g) 2.6% of Hyundai, and (h) 2.1% of Kia (Detroit, 2007). In summary, the top three Japanese automobile manufacturers held a 31.6% share of the automobile market while the Korean automobile manufacturers held a 4.7% market share in the United States, with a combined 36.3% share of the market.

In May 2008, the automobile market in the United States was divided into the following: (a) 19.3% of GM, (b) 18.5% of Toyota, (c) 14.7 % of Ford, (d) 10.7% of Chrysler, (e) 12.1% of Honda, (f) 7.2% of Nissan, (g) 3.3% of Hyundai, and 2.2% of Kia (The Auto Channel, 2008, June 3). The top three Japanese automobile manufacturers had a market share of 37.8% and Korean automobile manufacturers had 5.5%, totaling 43.3% share of the market in the United States.

In 2010, the automobile market share in the United States changed due to market forces as follows: (a) 19.1% of GM, (b) 16.7% Ford, (c) 15.2% of Toyota, (d) 10.6%Honda, (e) 9.4% of Chrysler group, (f) 7.8% of Nissan, and (g) 7.7 % of Hyundai and Kia (The Good Car Guy, 2011). Japanese and Korean automobile manufacturers held a 41.3% market share. In contrast, the Big Three American automobile manufacturers had a market share of 45.2%. At the end of 2011, the market share of automobile manufacturers in the United States has been divided into (a) 19.6% of GM, (b) 16.8% of Ford, (c)10.7% of Chrysler group, (d) 12.9% of Toyota, (e) 9% of Honda, (f) 8.2% of Nissan, and (g) 8.9% of Hyundai and Kia (The Good Car Guy, 2012). The top three Japanese automobiles manufacturers had a market share of 30.1%. Furthermore, the Korean automobile companies increased their market share from 7.7% to 8.9%. Sine the American automobile manufacturers are losing market share, it would be in their self-interest to be able to have the capability to identify who will be a consumers or potential consumers in the near future. LITERATURE REVIEW

Academic researchers and marketers utilize consumer demographics to identify consumers’ characteristics that will help them segment the consumer market for automobiles. Furthermore, demographic factors of consumers are “the most readily available and easy to measure on individual consumers” (Wang, Chan, and Chen, 2001, p. 320). More important is that demographic factors of consumers may provide information that will help them predict consumer behavior in terms of consumers’ segmentation with psychographic variables (Wang, Chan, & Chen, 2001). Therefore, the study utilized demographic factors of consumers to explore the correlation of their intention to purchase a new automobile, because demographic factors can describe in more detail what individual consumers

Page 28: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

need and want. The market environmental factors such as advertising, distribution channel, selling price, and brand also affect a consumer’s intention for purchasing an automobile.

Demographic factors of consumers can be separated into (a) gender, (b) age, (c) income, (d) educational background, (e) race, and (f) marital states (Kotler & Keller, 2006). The study only utilized four demographic factors to explore the relationship with their purchase intention and they are: (a) gender, (b) age, (c) income, and (d) race. Furthermore, income is the moderating variable for the study because income can measure the purchasing ability of consumers. In other words, income can be an index to forecast the purchasing behavior of consumers (Hawkins, Mothersbaught, & Best, 2007; Kerin, Berkowitz, Hartley, & Rudelius, 2003; Peter & Olson, 2008; Schiffman & Kanuk, 2007). Wang, Chan, and Chen (2001, p. 320) described, “Income is a key factor that determines consumer ability to buy.” For purchasing durable products such as housing and automobiles, household income is typically utilized in the research of consumer behavior. In the research of Wang et al., they concluded that the intention of consumers to purchase a house is influenced by their household income, attitude toward debt, and their optimistic/pessimistic view of economic conditions.

Similar research was done by Portolese Dias (2004) and he examined the consumer purchasing behavior for automobile, electronics, clothing, and household goods in terms of the age of consumers. The research sample consisted of 561 respondents by online survey and adopted the snowball sampling method to collect data. The result of Portolese Dias indicated that the income of consumers affected their automobile and clothing purchasing. However, the income of consumers did not affect their purchase of household goods and electronics. Furthermore, regarding the purchase intention of consumers for purchasing clothing, jewelry, or accessories via online, gender and income influenced their purchase (Kim & Kim, 2004). Kim and Kim (200) conducted their research in the United States with a research sample of 3,000 adults who completed the survey at home via online. The e-mail address list was provided by a nationwide database in the United States. The result of this research found that the income of a consumer can be a predictor of their purchase intention in terms of product categories (Portolese Dias, 2004; Kim & Kim, 2004).

Another demographic factor that has been researched to explore its influence on the purchase intention of consumers as it pertains to product categories is gender. For example, research by Ahmad and Juhdi (2010) on the purchase of organic foods and gender found that women were likely to pay more than men if the organic foods were not too expensive and more available in Malaysia. The research also explained that “the intention to purchase organic products were heavily influenced by the perception on organic product worth of purchase and the belief on the safety and health aspect of the product ” (Ahmad & Juhdi, 2010, p. 105). Ritter (2004) conducted research on healthcare purchases by senior citizen healthcare consumers in the United States and he found that gender, income, marital status, ethnicity, and education of consumers did not significantly influence senior citizens’ healthcare coverage purchase decisions. Ang, Lin, Cheng, and Tambyah (2001) researched the motivation of consumers to purchase counterfeits or pirated goods in Singapore and they found that gender and income of consumers influenced their attitude towards predicting the purchase intention of consumers. Specifically, male and lower income consumers have a high intention to purchase pirated goods such as music CDs.

Age is another frequently used segmentation variable (Hawkins, Mothersbaught, & Best, 2007; Kerin, Berkowitz, Hartley, & Rudelius, 2003; Kotler & Keller, 2006; Peter & Olson, 2008). Age is constantly utilized with other demographic factors such as gender, income, and race when conducting research on consumer behavior (Ang, Cheng, Lim, & Tambyach, 2001; Kim & Kim, 2004; Portolese Dias, 2004). In addition, age has a strong correlation with the income of consumers (Kotler & Keller, 2006). For example, older consumers have a higher income than younger consumers. Kurtz and Boone (2006) describe that age is a determining factor when it comes to purchasing an automobile and which model to choose. Since this study is concerned with purchasing an automobile, then the age of consumers will be utilized as one of the variables to explore the purchase intention of an automobile consumer.

Mafe and Blas (2008) found that the age of a consumer had an impact on the purchasing behavior of consumers who were shopping for televisions in the country of Spain. The result showed that age was more significant than the impact of gender, education, and income. Furthermore, the age of consumers

Page 29: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

had a correlation to how loyal they were to a particular brand. The research of Patterson (2007) also concluded that the age and the occupation of consumers had a strong correlation with brand loyalty to a service industry. The result indicated that older consumers who were over the age of 34 had a higher level of brand loyalty than younger consumers who were between the ages of 18 to 34 in Australia. .

The other demographic variable utilized in this study is race. For the population sample in the United States race has been separated into (a) Asian, (b) Black, (c) Hispanics/Latinos, (d) White, (e) Others. In order to utilize the research time and cost in a prudent manner, the study selected a research population sample from Los Angeles County, California. U.S Census Bureau (2012) reported that the population of Los Angeles County in 2010 was divided into the following races: (a) 13.7% Asian, (b) 8.7% Black, (c) 47.7% Hispanic or Latino origin, (d) 27.8% White persons not of Hispanic or Latino origin.

Race can be defined as a group of people who have a common national, communication, or cultural origin within the larger society (Arnould, Price, and Zinkhan, 2005). Furthermore, race can become an influential factor in segmenting the target market in a strategic marketing plan (Arnould et al., 2005). Kotler and Keller (2006) also indicate that race as well as culture can provide an essential determinant to describe a person’s purchasing behavior. In other words, race helps describe a group of consumers who share same value, beliefs, and customs (Schiffman & Kanuk, 2007). For example, Propser (2004) found that Hispanic consumers consult with other people an average of 4.2 times before purchasing an automobile, which is more three times than the national average in the United States. Furthermore, Hispanic consumers place an emphasis on the features of value, price, style, and safety of an automobile.

Another similar research conducted by Berkowitz, Bao, and Allaway (2005) investigated the correlation between the race of consumers and their purchasing behavior as it pertains to product types, brand preference, and store loyalty in the United States. The research sample was divided into two groups: Hispanic consumers and non-Hispanic consumers. The research concluded that neither the Hispanic nor the non-Hispanic consumers showed a significant difference with regard to store loyalty and brand preference. In regards to the product types, they defined utilitarian goods as products purchased for their usefulness such as a book bag while other products were purchased for providing pleasure as hedonistic goods such as cologne. The result of the research indicated that ethnicity was a significant correlation with product types. Therefore, the research concluded that Hispanic consumers and non-Hispanic consumers were different “in terms of store brand purchase mainly in the utilitarian product category, but not in the hedonistic product category” (Berkowitz et al., 2005, p. 19).

In the area of automobile purchasing research, Prasitphol (2002) and Serhateri (2002) have conducted researched on automobile purchasing in different countries. Portolese Dias (2004) also researched consumer purchasing behavior of automobile purchases in terms of cohort groups consumers. The result of Portolese Dias indicated that income is an influential factor that affects the consumers’ purchase behavior in the United States.

The research of Prasitphol explored those demographic factors (age, gender, income, occupation, and education) of consumers in Japan, Thailand, and the United States. The result of Prasiphol’s research indicated different demographic factors affected consumers in terms of their culture. Culture consists of unique idiosyncrasies that influence the attitudes and beliefs of consumers, which in turn affects the consumers’ purchase intention and purchase behavior. As a result, gender was one of influence factors affected the intention of consumers to purchase an automobile in these three countries. Income only affected the intention of consumers to purchase an automobile in Thailand.

RESEARCH QUESTIONS AND HYPOTHESES

As mentioned previously, this study adopted the Theory of Reasoned Action model (Fishbein & Ajzen, 1975) to explore the correlation between demographic factors of consumers and their intention to purchase an automobile in Los Angeles County, the United States. The research questions and hypotheses are listed in the following paragraphs.

Does the demographics (gender, age, and race) of consumers influence their intention to purchase an automobile, after moderating by their income in Los Angeles County?

Page 30: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

H1: Income of consumers does influence their purchase intention. H2: Gender of consumers does influence their purchase intention after moderating by their income. H3: Age of consumers does influence their purchase intention after moderating by their income. H4: Race of consumers does influence their purchase intention after moderating by their income.

METHODS

The study utilized an online survey to collect data by the snowball sampling method. The research sample of the study was collected from working adults, who were 21 years old and above and either living or working in Los Angeles County. Participants were asked to respond to the questionnaire on the website of SurveyMonkey. The benefits of snowball sampling consist of a short research time period and lower cost. In addition, the modern technology of online research provides the capability to confirm that respondents were actually contacted, thus provide a higher level of confidence in the data collected. The email list of 14,000 email addresses in Los Angeles County, California was provided by Bulk Email Software Superstore.

The questionnaire design consists of two parts: (a) demographic factors of consumers; and (b) purchase intention of consumers. The questionnaire requested information on gender, age, race, and income of consumers. Race was divided into (a) Asian, (b) Black, (c) White, (d) Hispanic/Latino, and (e) other. The time of purchase intention was measured by: (a) within 3 months, (b) 4 to 6 months, (c) 7 to 9 months, (d) 10 to 12 months, (e)13 to 18 months, (f) 19 to 24 months and (g) more than 2 years. The income range has been divided into nine groups: (a) below US$2,000, (b) US$2,000 to US$3,900, (c) US$4,000 to US$5,999, (d) US$6,000 to US$7,900, (e) US$8,000 to US$9,999, (f) US$10,000 to US$11,900, (g) US$12,000 to US$13,999, (h) US$14,000 to US$15,900, and (i) US$16,000 and over.

According to the research design, the study adopted the hierarchical regression analysis to test hypothesis one to four. Hierarchical regression analysis model is one of multiple regression analysis models and consists of (a) independent variable(s), (b) moderating variable, and (c) dependent variable. The added variable has a moderating effect on the relationship between independent variable(s) and dependent variable (Hair, Black, Babin, Anderson, & Tatham, 2006; Mertler & Vannatta, 2005). Therefore, Hair et al. (2006, p. 201) Hair et al. describes that the moderating variable will moderate “the form of relationship between another independent variable and the dependent variable.” RESULTS

The number of respondents of this study was 562 and consisted of 42.5% of male and 57.5% of female from Los Angeles County, the United States. The top four age range groups were (a) 46 years to 50 years, 18.3%; (b) 41 years to 45 years, 16%; (c) 36 years to 40 years, 11.7%; and, (d) 31 years to 35 years, 11%. The top three household income range groups are: (a) income range from US$4,000 to US$5,999 per month, 30.1%; (b) income range from US$2,000 to US$3,999 per month, 23.1%; and (c) income range from US$6,000 to US$7,999 per month, 15.8%. The race of the respondents consisted of 18.5% Asian; 9.8% Black; 28.3% White; 40.4% Hispanic; and 3% other.

As it is observed, Table 1 shows the correlation between age and income of consumers. When consumers are older, they have more high income. In contrast with older consumers, younger consumers have less income.

Page 31: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 1 CORRELATION COEFFICIENTS OF AGE AND INCOME OF RESPONDENTS

IN LOS ANGELES COUNTY

Age Income

Age Pearson Correlation 1 0.323**

Income Pearson Correlation 0.323** 1 **. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).

Table 2 shows the value of R2 increased from 0.001 to 0.061. The 6.1% of the variations of purchase

intention are explained by age and race as shown in Table 3. In other words, the dependent variable of purchase intention of consumers in Los Angeles County on age and race can be expressed by the following regression model.

Purchase intention = 3.104 - 0.106 x age + 1.274 x black + ε The above model indicates the average purchase intention of blacks exceeded the purchase intention

of other races. Thus, if one wants to rank the purchase intention by race: first were Black consumers; second were Hispanic consumers; third were the other race category of consumers; fourth were White consumers; and fifth were Asian consumers.

Regarding the income of consumers, Table 3 illustrates that Model 1 shows the income of consumers did not influence the purchase intention of consumers in Los Angeles County. The second model adopted income as a moderating variable, which shows that income did not influence the consumers purchase intention. In other words, in Los Angeles County the income of consumers did not influence their intention to purchase an automobile.

TABLE 2 R SQUARED OF THE REGRESSION MODEL USED TO TEST HYPOTHESES

ONE THROUGH FOUR

Model R R

Square Adjusted R Square

Std. Error of the Estimate

Change Statistics

R Square Change

F Change

df1 df2 Sig. F Change

1 0.027 0.001 -0.001 1.854 0.001 0.400 1 560 0.528

2 0.248 0.061 0.050 1.807 0.061 5.979 6 554 0.000 a. Predictors: (Constant), Income b. Predictors: (Constant), Income, Gender, Other , Black, Asian, Age, Hispanic

Page 32: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 3 SIGNIFICANCE LEVEL OF THE COEFFICIENTS OF THE REGRESSION MODEL USED TO

TEST HYPOTHESES ONE THROUGH FOUR

Unstandardized Coefficients

Standardized Coefficients t Sig.

Collinearity Statistics

Model B Std. Error Beta Tolerance VIF

1 (Constant) 3.017 0.165 18.333 0.000

Income -0.025 0.039 -0.027 -0.632 0.528 1.000 1.000

2 (Constant) 3.104 0.358 8.676 0.000

Income 0.017 0.042 0.018 0.408 0.683 0.843 1.187

Gender 0.074 0.156 0.020 0.470 0.638 0.971 1.030

Age -0.106 0.036 -0.130 -2.926 0.004 0.863 1.159

Asian -0.144 0.235 -0.030 -0.611 0.541 0.696 1.437

Black 1.274 0.287 0.204 4.447 0.000 0.801 1.248

Hispanic 0.163 0.191 0.043 0.854 0.393 0.661 1.514

Other 0.502 0.439 0.049 1.142 0.254 0.921 1.086 a. Dependent Variable: Intention DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSION

The study investigated those potential consumers who have a high intention to purchase an automobile in Los Angeles County, the United States. The result concluded that race and age are influential factors that influence the purchase intention of consumers who are interested in purchasing an automobile. First, different races have different purchase intentions to purchase an automobile in terms of their age. For instance, the results show that Black consumers have a higher intention to purchase an automobile when compared with other races in Los Angeles County as shown in Table 3.

However, the income of consumers did not become a significant influence on purchase intention as shown in Table 3. The reason may be the price of an automobile was not too high for consumers to purchase in the United States to compare other countries such as Malaysia. For example, the price of a Toyota Camry 2.4V (Engine capacity: 2362cc) is RM174, 990 for individual private (UMV Toyota Motor, 2012). To calculate the exchange rate, US$1.00 equals RM3.10. Therefore, the price is US$54,448 in Malaysia. In the United States the price of a Toyota Camry 2.5L (Engine capacity: 2.5 Liter 4-Cylinder) is US$21,995 (Toyota Motor USA, 2011). The details show that the price of an automobile in Malaysia is higher than the price in the United States.

Second, the study shows that age has a correlation with income as shown in Table 1. Specifically, the age of the consumer had an influence on the consumer’s intention to purchase an automobile. Furthermore, the correlation between the age of consumers and their purchase intention was negative (Table 3). The negative age means that younger consumers have a higher intention to purchase an automobile than older consumers. Furthermore, Table 1 also points out consumer’s income in terms of their age. Combining the data from Table 1 and Table 3, the study indicates younger consumers with less income have a higher intention to purchase an automobile when compared with older consumers who have more income.

In conclusion, the study shows that consumers of different races have different levels of intention to purchase an automobile. Furthermore, the age of consumers also influenced their purchase intention. Specifically, young consumers have a higher intention than older consumers. The reasons may be due to young consumers who have just graduated from college and are starting to work. They also may not have

Page 33: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

an automobile. In other words, young consumers with less income have a higher intention to purchase an automobile because they need transportation between their home and work, and vice versa. Alternatively, although older consumers may have more income, they may already have an automobile. Their income may be spent on their family holdings such as a house loan or their children’s education (Kotler & Keller, 2006). Therefore, they do not have a high intention to purchase an automobile when compared with younger consumers. REFERENCES Ahmad, S.n. B., & Juhdi, N. (2010). Organic food: A study on demographic characteristics and factors influencing purchase intention among consumers. International Journal of Business and Management, 5(2), 105-118. Ang, S. H., Cheng, P. S., Lim, E. A.C., & Tambyach, S. K. (2001). Sport the difference: Consumer responses towards counterfeits. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 18(3), 219-233. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (220117663). Arnould, E., Price, L., & Zinkhan, G. (2005). Consumers (2nd ed.). New York, NY: McGraw Hill. Auto Channel (2008, June 3). May 2008: U.S. light vehicles sales market share scorecard. Retrieved February 1, 2012, from http://www.theautochannel.com/news/2008/06/04/08885.html Berkowitz, D., Bao, Y., & Allaway, A. (2005). Hispanic consumers, store loyalty and brand preference. Journal of Targeting, Measurement and Analysis of Marketing, 14(1), 9-24. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (236968352). Detroit (2007, March 3). U.S. Auto Sales, U.S. light truck sales Dec 2006. Retrieved February 1, 2012, from http://www.theautochannel.com/news/2007/01/04/032958.html Good Car Guy (2011, January 5). New vehicle market share by brand in America: 2010 year. Retrieved February 1, 2010, from http://www.goodcarbadcar.net/2011/01/new-vehicle-market-share-by-brand-in_05.html Hair, J. F., Black, W. C., Babin, B. J., Anderson, R. E., & Tatham, R. L. (2006). Multivariate data analysis (6th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall. Hawkins, D. L., Mothersbaught, D. L., & Best, R. J. (2007). Consumer behavior: Building marketing strategy (10th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw-Hill Irwin. Kerin, R. A., Berkowitz, E. N., Hartley, S. W., & Rudelius, W. (2003). Marketing (7th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw Hill/Irwin. Kim, E. Y., & Kim, Y. K. (2004). Predicting online purchase intentions for clothing products. European Journal of Marketing, 38(7), 883-897. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (237027738). Kotler, P., & Keller, K. L. (2006). Marketing management (12th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall. Krebs, M. (2010, January 5). Auto industry believes 2009 close bodes well for 2010. Retrieved February 1, 2012, from http://www.autoobserver.com/2010/01/auto-industry-believes-2009-close-bodes-well-for-2010.html

Page 34: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Krebs, M., & Visnic, B. (2009, January 5). 2008 U.S. Auto Sales are worst since 1992. Retrieved February 1, 2012, from http://www.autoobserver.com/2009/01/2008-us-auto-sales-are-worst-since-1992.html Kurtz, K. L., & Boone, L. E. (2006). Principles of marketing 2006. Mason, OH: Thomson South-Western. Mafe, C. R., & Blas, S. S. (2008). The impact of television dependency on teleshopping adoption. Journal of Research in Interactive Marketing, 2(1), 5-19. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (228296207). Mertler, C.A., & Vannatta, R.A. (2005). Advanced and multivariate statistical methods: Practical application and interpretation. Glendale, CA: Pyrczak Publishing. Patterson, P. G. (2007). Demographic correlates of loyalty in a service context. Journal of Service Marketing, 21(2), 112. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (212665944). Peter, J. P., & Olson, J. C. (2008). Consumer behavior and marketing strategy (8th ed.). New York, NY: McGraw Hill. Portolese Dias, L. (2004). Generational buying behaviors (Unpublished Dissertation). Argosy University, Seattle, Seattle, WA. Propser, E. (2004, March). Latino love for autos. Brand Strategy, 40-41. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (224191196). Ritter, J. (2004). Consumer choice: Factors affecting seniors' choice of healthcare plan (Unpublished Dissertation). Nova Southeastern University, Davie, FL. Schiffman, L. G., & Kanuk, L. L. (2007). Consumer behavior (9th ed.). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Pearson Prentice Hall. Serhateri, A. (2002). Perceived disintermediation of the automobile industry via internet and consequent changes in consumer behavior and the marketing mix (Unpublished Dissertation). Alliant International University, San Diego, CA. U.S Census Bureau (2012, January 31). State & County QuickFacts: Los Angeles County, California. Retrieved February 17, 2012, from http://quickfacts.census.gov/qfd/states/06/06037.html Visnic, B. (2011, October 25). Auto sales 2011: Everybody gaining except Japan. Retrieved February 1, 2012, from http://www.autoobserver.com/2011/10/auto-sales-2011-everybody-gaining-except-japan.html Wang, C. C.l, Chan, A. K.k, & Chen, Z. X. (2001). Segment intenders and non-intenders in China's property market: A hybrid approach. Journal of Consumer Marketing, 18(4/5), 319-331. Retrieved February 10, 2012 from ProQuest Central (220134097).

Page 35: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

A New Index of Entrepreneurship Measure

Annamaria Bianchi University of Bergamo

Silvia Biffignandi

University of Bergamo

A new index of entrepreneurship measure based on M-quantile regression methods is introduced. This index allows meaningful comparison of the entrepreneurial performances. The new method is illustrated using the Kauffman Firm Survey, a study of new businesses in the United States. A comparative analysis between this index and a classical index obtained with Data Envelopment Analysis is performed. Using this index, possible determinants of entrepreneurship are investigated applying beta regression. INTRODUCTION

Entrepreneurship is recognized as a critical factor for the wealth and competitiveness of a nation. It is a focal point of public policy and policy-makers have made promoting entrepreneurship a priority. Special attention is focused on how government policies and other factors can influence the amount and type of entrepreneurship. The interest in this problem is also confirmed by the attention that many international bodies (like OECD - the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development - and Eurostat) are devoting to the study of this phenomenon (OECD/Eurostat, 2009).

Despite its acknowledged importance in the economic process, entrepreneurship is an elusive phenomenon, difficult to define and measure. Existing research is far from conclusive in terms of providing a comprehensive definition and measure of entrepreneurship. However, if entrepreneurship is not properly measured, then it is not possible to understand its determinants, why and where the phenomenon flourishes, and to assess the effects of public policies.

Being able to measure entrepreneurship is important both as a competitive factor for companies and in planning development policies. On the one hand, it is useful for searching good entrepreneurs as it identifies factors on which to focus to make performing companies. On the other hand, it is useful for policy makers to identify the priority areas of intervention.

In this paper we focus on the problem of measuring entrepreneurship at the firm-level. We propose a new quantitative index of entrepreneurship measure based on M-quantile regression. It is a production function approach that relies on the idea that a firm transforms inputs into outputs and the more outputs a business can produce with fewer inputs the more successful the entrepreneur is. The idea behind this entrepreneurship indicator is that the performance of the entrepreneur is strictly connected to the performance of the business. The index is then compared to a common indicator currently used and obtained from the application of Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA) techniques. We show that the new index allows overcoming many drawbacks presented by conventional measures.

Page 36: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

The empirical analysis is based on the Kauffman Firm Survey (KFS) data. This survey is sponsored by the Ewing Marion Kauffman Foundation. The KFS is the largest longitudinal survey of new businesses in the world. It consists of a cohort of 4,928 firms that were started in 2004 in the United States and tracked over the following years. This dataset presents a number of advantages for our study, since it contains detailed information on the business, the owner’s personal characteristics and the financial data. The KFS focus on businesses in their early years of operation. We believe that this dataset is especially suited for studying entrepreneurship. Indeed, entrepreneurship is especially critical at the beginning of a business. As it is well know, birth and death of enterprises are quite high and critical survival time is from three to five years. Thus the performance of the new businesses in the short time (three to five years) is a crucial indicator of entrepreneurship.

The rest of the paper is organized as follows. In the next section we briefly review some of the different entrepreneurship measures that have been proposed in the literature for empirical firm-level studies. Next we propose a new method for the evaluation of entrepreneurship. The methodology is then applied to the Kauffman Firm Survey database and compared to an index obtained with DEA techniques. A second stage regression is also considered to measure the impact of different factors on the measured entrepreneurship. BACKGROUND LITERATURE

Literature is reach on empirical studies aimed at measuring entrepreneurship and determining its factors. Various levels of measurement have been proposed. In this section we briefly review the principal ones. For more details on the historical development of the concept and measurement of entrepreneurship, please refer to Foreman-Peck (2005).

One approach uses a nominal scale and measures entrepreneurship using binary variables of success/no success or self-employment/employment. Next probit models are run to study the relationship between a number of possible determinants (human capital, initial business size, access to finance) and the defined performance (Evans & Leighton, 1989, Cressy, 1996, Blanchflower & Oswald, 1998, and Harada, 2003). Although these performance measures have the advantage of being readily available in surveys, they are not necessarily good measures of entrepreneurship. Indeed, a measure of entrepreneurship requires for a link with effective innovation and it is clear that not all start-ups involve innovation.

A higher level of measurement is represented by the ordinal scale. Entrepreneurship measures based on ordinal scale are necessary to be able to answer questions like ‘How well do entrepreneurs do what they do?’. These kinds of measures allow to assess whether an entrepreneur is more or less successful than another one. A multinomial logit is then used to identify determinants (Grilo & Thurik, 2008).

A more demanding level of measurement is the ratio scale, which allows comparisons of the amounts of entrepreneurship. In this category profit, income or wealth generated by the business are contemplated as possible indicators of entrepreneurial performance in particular contexts. These kinds of measure are subject to a number of flaws, mainly connected to the problem of measuring the wealth of an entrepreneur.

More sophisticated methods are based on production functions and, more specifically, on the relationship between observed production and some ideal or potential production, represented by the so-called production frontier. Suppose that the value of the output from a certain business can be measured by a variable y and associated with this is a vector x of inputs values, with the relationship between y

and x determined by an appropriately chosen production function. Production frontier corresponds to best practice and it is defined as the maximum achievable output ( )f x from input x . Adopting an output-oriented approach, entrepreneurship measures are then defined comparing the business’s total value of output to this frontier. Usually the comparison takes the form of the ratio of observed to maximum potential output obtainable from the given input, that is, / ( )y f x . Different approaches are classified according to the method used for the derivation of the production frontier. The main distinction

Page 37: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

is between stochastic and deterministic methods. Methods based on stochastic frontier production functions, which were introduced independently by Aigner et al. (1977) and Meeusen & van den Broeck (1977), belong to the first group. They involve the estimation of a stochastic production function, where the output of a firm is a function of a set of inputs, inefficiency and random error. This method has the advantage of allowing statistical inference, but it has the disadvantage of strong parametric assumptions both on the functional form of the frontier and the distribution of the data. In this context various methods have been proposed for the estimation of f , but all of them may lack robustness if the assumptions are

not satisfied. In particular, outliers in the data may unduly affect the estimate of f . Alternative deterministic approaches, which overcome some of these problems, are the linear

programming techniques of Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA) (Charnes et al., 1978) and Free Disposal Hull (FDH) (Deprins et al., 1984). These are nonparametric approaches: they do not impose any assumptions about the functional form hence they are less prone to miss-specification. These kinds of measures are widely used as entrepreneurship indicators. See, for example, Foreman-Peck (2005). However, because the DEA and FDH estimates of f depend critically on the extreme observations, these techniques are prone to the influence of outliers. Moreover an important flaw of these approaches is that they are seen as non-statistical, not distinguishing inefficiency from random shocks. Efforts to add a stochastic dimension to these methods have been made along several lines. For a review of these extensions, please refer to Ray (2004).

The most important drawbacks of benchmarking measures (both stochastic and deterministic) are that (i) they are not robust to outliers and (ii) they can result in quite different values for two businesses operating at the same level of efficiency but with different levels of inputs. Concerning the problem of outliers, methods have been developed for their identification in this context. See, for example Wilson (1993). However, the methods are non-robust in nature. Concerning the second point, consider the following example that was proposed by Kokic et al. (1997) to explain this problem in the single-input, single-output case.

FIGURE 1 INPUT-OUTPUT RELATION

Note. The lower, central and upper lines correspond to inefficiency frontier, average production function, and the efficiency frontier, respectively.

Page 38: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Figure 1 represents a possible input-output relation. For simplicity, we consider the homoschedastic case. The lower and upper lines correspond to production inefficiency and efficiency, respectively. Businesses that lie on the bottom line are operating at their most inefficient level, while businesses lying on the upper line are operating at their most efficient level (the equation for this line is ( )f x ). The central line represents the ‘average’ production frontier, i.e. the ‘average’ entrepreneurial level.

Since businesses A and B lie on this line, they should have the same entrepreneurship index. The entrepreneurship indexes associated to A and B by benchmarking measures, however, are 1/2 and 2/3, respectively. Moreover, business C, which lies on the inefficiency frontier, has the same value as business A. It is clear from the example that indexes based on benchmarking measures depend on x . This is a strong limitation of these indexes. Measures of entrepreneurship should not depend on the level of inputs of the business, otherwise they would be biased and hide the true relationship between returns and the scale of business operations. The idea underlying this consideration is that an entrepreneur may be performing well even if he is running a small firm. PERFORMANCE EVALUATION

In this section we face the problem of introducing an index of entrepreneurship which overcomes the problems presented by many other performance measures currently used. Just like a production-performance measure (Kokic et al., 1997), we argue that an entrepreneurship index should satisfy the following four properties: 1. It must lie between 0 and 1. 2. The poorest performing entrepreneurs should have indexes close to 0. 3. The best performing entrepreneurs should have indexes close to 1. 4. The distribution of the entrepreneurship indexes should not depend on the level of inputs x of the

business.

As shown in the previous section, the last property is not satisfied in general by indexes of the form / ( )y f x , resulting in quite different values for two entrepreneurs operating at the same level of

efficiency but with different levels of inputs. To say it differently, the values of benchmarking indexes generally increase with the level of inputs of the business run by the entrepreneur. Since the scale of a business operation is usually related to the amount of inputs, if an entrepreneurship index does not satisfy criterion 4, then scale effects are convoluted with input value effects. However, not necessarily an entrepreneur is performing well just because he is running a large firm. Methods that fail criterion 4 are therefore not appropriate for investigating returns to scale - that is, the effect of business size on entrepreneurship. For this reason, they are not reliable and they cannot be used for investigating how scale may affect the entrepreneurial performance. In the example presented in the previous section, benchmarking measures are positively correlated to business size even though there are no increasing returns to scale.

A measure of production performance with properties 1-4 can be obtained from the application of M-quantile regression. We decided to adopt this method to construct an index of entrepreneurship measure. This is an innovative approach to the measurement of entrepreneurship. Indeed to the best of our knowledge there is no application of such method in this context.

This index presents several appealing characteristics. It is outlier robust, it does not depend on the level of inputs of the business, and it has a stochastic nature by construction.

Before giving the exact definition of the index, we briefly introduce M-quantile regression basic concepts. M-quantile regression was proposed by Breckling & Chambers (1998) and it is a generalization of M-regression, which was introduced by Huber (1973) in answer to the excessive sensitivity of ordinary least square (OLS) regression to small deviations from the model assumptions. Consider a dependent variable y taking real values and a set of k -dimensional explanatory variables x and suppose to

Page 39: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

observe the values ( , )i ix y , 1, ,i n . Assuming a linear model for the data, the M-regression estimates

are defined as the solution of the estimating equation

1

0,Tn

i ii

i

y xx

s

(1)

where is called ‘influence function’ and s is a suitable robust estimator of scale, such as the median absolute deviation estimator to be defined later. Throughout this article we use the Huber Proposal 2 influence function

| |( )

sgn( ) | |

u if u cu

c u if u c

(2)

where c is a properly chosen positive constant. Other specifications for the function are possible.

Notice that M-regression includes as special cases median regression ( 0c ) and OLS regression (c ).

Similarly, M-quantile regression is defined as the solution ˆq of (1) with the influence function given

by ( ) 0

( )(1 ) ( )q

q u uu

q u otherwise

(3)

Special cases include quantile regression for 0c (Koenker & Bassett, 1978) and expectile regression for c (Newey & Powell, 1987). However, M-quantile regression is preferable to both quantile and expectile regression. Indeed, unlike expectile regression, it is not unduly influenced by extremely large residuals; moreover, it overcomes the problems of quantile regression associated with the use of a discontinuous influence function.

The idea on which this method is based is that the M-quantile regression hyperplane ˆTqx

corresponding to a particular value of q is obtained by weighting positive residuals by a factor q and

negative residuals by a factor (1 )q . For example, when 0.25q negative residuals have three times the weight of positive residuals in the estimating equation for the corresponding M-quantile. As a result this plane will lie below the ordinary M-regression hyperplane. In the single-input, single-output case, Figure 2 shows the M-quantiles fitted on a set of input-output combinations at 0.25, 0.5 and 0.75.

More generally, M-quantile regression leads to a family of hyperplanes indexed by the value of the

corresponding quantile coefficient q . For each value of q in (0,1) , the corresponding model ˆTqx

shows how the M-quantile of order q of the conditional distribution of y given x varies with x . For

large values of q the M-quantile surface describes the ‘average’ output of relatively efficiently

performing businesses, and for small q it describes the ‘average’ output of relatively inefficiently

performing businesses. For a certain business with input ix and output iy , it is therefore natural to define

an entrepreneurship index as the value q of the M-quantile surface passing through the observation

( , )i ix y .

Page 40: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

FIGURE 2 FITTED M-QUANTILES AT 0.25, 0.5 AND 0.75.

Taking the abovementioned characteristics into account, we define the Index of Entrepreneurship

Measure (IEM, hereafter) for unit i as iIEM q if ˆTi i qy x .

It is clear that the definition of the index rests on the assumption that the underlying production model is approximately true for the data. This assumption may be checked by simple graphical techniques.

In practice, a common problem raising at this point is that the fitted hyperplanes so obtained can cross over for different values of q . In this case it is clear that the use of M-quantile surfaces to define the index turns out to be problematic. Crossing of M-quantile surfaces reflects the paucity of data in the region concerned. It is a finite-sample problem and it is typically due to a combination of variability of the estimates, regression model misspecification and collinearity in the explicative variables. If crossing occurs we define the IEM index following the method proposed by Kokic et al. (1997). Denote iS the set

of those values of q such that the q -th M-quantile passes through iy . The index of entrepreneurship

measure is then defined as the value in iS closest to 0.5. Notice that this is a conservative approach since

we define the index as the value closest to the “mean”. Another possible approach to the problem of M-quantile crossing consists in ensuring monotone fitted M-quantile regression surfaces (He, 1997).

Notice that by construction this index has a stochastic nature, thus allowing statistical inference on the computed values. It is straightforward to prove that the asymptotic distribution of the index is uniform in the case of quantile regression ( 0c ). In the more general case of M-quantile regression, empirical evidence shows that the asymptotic distribution resembles a Beta random variable. The proof of the asymptotic properties of the index goes beyond the scope of this work and it will be the subject of further research. EMPIRICAL ANALYSIS

In the present section first we introduce the dataset used for the empirical analysis, the Kauffman Firm Survey (KFS). Next we compute the IEM index of entrepreneurship measure for firms in the KFS database. We analyze its characteristics and compare them with those of the classical entrepreneurship

Page 41: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

index obtained with DEA methods. Finally, we study the impact of various factors on the index by means of a beta regression. The Kauffman Firm Survey

The Kauffman Firm Survey (KFS) is a longitudinal study of new businesses in the United States. A new business is defined as a new, independent business that was created by a single person or a team of people, the purchase of an existing business or the purchase of a franchise. Businesses that were inherited from someone else, were set up as a subsidiary of an existing business, or created as a not-for-profit organization were excluded. At present six years of data are available, from 2004 (foundation year) until 2009. Additional years are planned. The empirical analysis is performed on the 2004 data.

To create the panel a random sample was drawn from the Dun & Bradstreet database. In response to the Kauffman Foundation’s interest in understanding the dynamics of high-technology businesses, the KFS oversampled these businesses. The Baseline Survey was conducted between July 2005-July 2006 with data collection reference year 2004. As already said, it contains information on 4,928 firms. For more details, see Robb et al. (2010).

The survey database includes detailed information both on the firm and up to ten business owners per firm. We use the KFS restricted-access data file which contains more detailed information, including industry and geographical coding, as well as other variables. Detailed information on the firm includes industry, physical location, employment, profits, intellectual property and financial capital. Information on the owners includes age, gender, race, ethnicity, education, work experience and previous start up experience. One potential issue for the restricted-access data file is that firms can choose to disclose financial information using range values. For example, firms can only provide range values for total cost and total revenue, while other firms provide exact values for the same variables. In order to make the KFS dataset more complete, we transform these range values into numeric values by using the central point for each range class.

Since the KFS provides the socio-demographic information of up to ten owners, to assign entrepreneur demographics at the firm level we defined a primary owner who presumably has the most influential managerial power over the business. For firms with multiple owners, the primary owner is the one that has the largest share of the business. In cases where two or more owners owned equal shares, hours worked and a series of other variables are used to create a rank order of owners in order to define a primary owner. Once the primary owner is identified, her/his characteristics are assigned to the firm. They include gender, race, ethnicity, age, education and entrepreneurial activities before she/he started the business in 2004. As prior entrepreneurial activities, we consider both start-up experience and years of prior work experience in the same industry as the current business. The list of variables together with their description is given subsequently (Table 2).

IEM Index The IEM index is based on the identification of an approximation to the true production function model relating the inputs and the output of the business. The model used in the analysis is the Cobb-Douglas type production function

0 1 2log( ) log( ) log( ),i i iREV EXP HOURS (4)

where REV is the total revenue of the business, EXP is total cost and HOURS represents owner hours. The total revenue variable measures the output of the business. Total cost is a measure of the resources used by the enterprise, while the variable owner hours measures the effort of the entrepreneur(s). The variable HOURS is the sum over all owners.

Starting from the production function model (4) we estimated M-quantile regression planes over a grid of values of q , specifically for 0.02,0.04, ,0.96,0.98q :

Page 42: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

0 1 2( , ) log( ) log( ),q q q i q iEXP HOURS EXP HOURS

where

q(EXP, HOURS) is the hyperplane corresponding to the q -th regression M-quantile plane of

the log of total revenue. To obtain the regression fits we used a modification of the rlm function in R (Venables & Ripley, 2002). We used the KFS data for 2004. Some businesses were excluded from the estimation procedure because some of the variables were not available. Adjusted survey weights were used in the estimation to take into account the stratified sample design used in the KFS and the location and response adjustments. The influence function used was Huber’s Proposal 2 (defined by (2) and (3)) with 1.345c and s given by the median absolute deviation (MAD) of the residuals

ˆ ˆ| ( ) | ||; 1, ,.

0.6745

T Ti i q i i qMED y x MED y x i n

s

Since the M-quantile surfaces crossed over for different values of q , we applied the method

described in the previous section by means of the following algorithm. If the value log iy was below the

0.5 M-quantile plane, then we searched for the value q closest to 0.5 in {0.02,0.04,....,0.48} such that

log iy was above the q -th M-quantile plane. If such a q existed, we defined 0.01iIEM q , else

0.01iIEM . Similarly, when log iy was on or above the 0.5 M-quantile plane, we found the value q

closest to 0.5 in {0.50,0.52,...0.98} such that log iy was below the q -th M-quantile plane. If it existed,

we defined 0.01iIEM q , otherwise 0.99iIEM .

The index was computed for 2975 firms. Next, we checked criterion 4 by examining scatter-plots of the index IEM against the variables EXP and HOURS. These scatter-plots show that there is no relationship between the index and the variables. Unfortunately they cannot be shown due to confidentiality of the data.

In order to analyze the difference of the proposed methodology with benchmarking indexes, we performed an empirical comparative analysis of the IEM index with an index based on Data Envelopment Analysis (DEA). DEA combines the estimation of an efficient frontier with the measurement of performance related to this frontier. With knowledge of all businesses’ input-output combinations, it is possible to compute which entrepreneurs are efficient (i.e. their business is on a frontier) and which are inefficient or dominated. An efficiency benchmarking requires not only information about inputs and outputs, but also weights and formulae for combining them. The basic DEA models mainly differ in the assumption that they make about the efficient frontier and the production possibility set -- that is, the set of all feasible input-output combinations. By way of example, we adopt the method based on DEA with variable returns to scale (VRS) which assumes free disposability of inputs and outputs, convexity and variable returns to scale. In this context, an entrepreneur is efficient if no linear combination of other entrepreneurs gives a higher efficiency score for their business. The ‘efficient frontier’ consists therefore of linear combinations of efficient entrepreneurs. Linear programming is needed to identify the above mentioned efficient frontier (Bogetoft & Otto, 2011).

In the case of single-input, single-output, Figure 3 shows the efficient frontier generated by a set of businesses’ input-output combinations in case of VRS.

Once the efficient frontier has been determined, DEA measures the entrepreneurial performance relatively to this frontier. In the sequel, we adopt an output-oriented approach, that is, we assume that the objective of an entrepreneur is to produce the maximum quantity of output from a specified input bundle. The DEA index is then obtained by comparing the actual output produced with the corresponding benchmarking quantity.

Page 43: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

FIGURE 3 DEA EFFICIENT FRONTIER UNDER VARIABLE RETURNS TO SCALE

We compute the DEA indexes of entrepreneurship for the KFS data by means of the Benchmarking

package in R (Bogetoft & Otto, 2011). In order to obtain comparable results, we consider the same variables used for the computation of the IEM index measured in logarithmic units. Before the computation, we checked for the presence of outliers using the method proposed in Wilson (1993) and found that there were any.

Data were analyzed using the SAS System for Windows (release 9.2; SAS Institute Inc, Cary, NC). All analysis included sample weights that account for the unequal probabilities of selection because of stratified sampling and nonresponse.

First we performed a Spearman correlation rank test to analyze concordance of the two indexes in ranking firms. The value for the test statistic was 0.7507, denoting that the indexes partially agree, but still there are differences in ranking. Looking at the single values, we argue that these differences are mainly due to the different behaviour of micro-firms and to the fact that the DEA index tends to assign higher performances to entrepreneurs running large firms. A descriptive analysis of IEM and DEA indexes is given in Table 1.

TABLE 1 SUMMARY STATISTICS OF IEM AND DEA ENTREPRENEURSHIP INDEXES

Index Mean 95% CI Q1 Q2 Q3

IEM 0.515 0.502-0.528 0.253 0.509 0.803

DEA 0.687 0.511-0.517 0.485 0.516 0.545

The mean value of IEM is 0.515, while DEA index mean value is 0.687. Looking at the first and third

quartiles of the distributions of the indexes, it is clear that IEM presents much larger variability. Comparing the means with the corresponding medians of the distributions, we see that DEA is more skewed. These conclusions are more evident looking at the histograms of the distributions (Figure 4). It is also evident that the IEM index allows detecting greater differentiation among the performances.

Page 44: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Concerning the IEM index, a q-q plot suggests that its distribution is consistent with the beta random variable.

FIGURE 4 HISTOGRAMS FOR IEM AND DEA INDEXES

In order to analyze the effect of scale on entrepreneurial performance, the indexes were locally regressed against firm size using PROC LOESS in SAS. The smoothing parameter was selected according to the bias corrected Akaike information (Hurvich & Simonoff, 1998). Firm size is measured in terms of the log of the number of employees. Notice that we do not expect many returns to scale, as we are only considering small/medium enterprises (just up to over one hundred and fifty employees). Figure 5 shows the curves obtained for IEM index (solid line) and DEA index (dashed line).

FIGURE 5 NONPARAMETRIC REGRESSION OF IEM INDEX (SOLID LINE) AND DEA INDEX

(DASHED LINE) AGAINST FIRM SIZE

Page 45: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 2 LIST OF POSSIBLE FACTORS: NAME, DESCRIPTION

Variable Description and codes

FEM Gender of the primary owner, 1=female, 0=male

AGE Age of the primary owner

EDU Highest level of education completed by the primary owner, measured with a scale ranging from 1 (=Less than 9th grade) to 10 (=Professional school or doctorate)

WORKEXP Years of work experience in the same business

STARTUP Number of new businesses started by the primary owner

EMP Is primary owner also a paid employee at business? 1=Yes, 0=No

HISP Is primary owner of Hispanic origins? 1=Yes, 0=No

WHITE Is primary owner white? 1=Yes, 0=No

PAT Does business have patents? 1=Yes, 0=No

IP Does business have intellectual properties (patents, copyrights, trademarks)? 1=Yes, 2=No

TOTIP Total number of intellectual properties the business possesses

HT High technology industry indicator based on whether the business is a Technology Employer or Technology Generator, 1=High tech, 0=Non-high tech

HOME Is the business homebased? 1=Yes, 0=No

MULTIOWN Is the business multiowned? 1=Yes, 0=No

NUMEMP Number of employees

Considering IEM index, we see a differentiation between firms with less than three employees approximately and firms with more than three employees. This is interesting since one to three employees size corresponds to micro-firms, which usually are studied separately because of their particular economic characteristics. Our IEM indicator suggests that micro-firms are only sensitive to the performance of the entrepreneur. They are quite insensitive to the number of employees. If one wants to detect an impact, we see that the relationship is slightly decreasing: the higher the number of employees, the lower the possibility of entrepreneurial performance. Then we observe performance slightly increasing with size. The growth is linear. This result can be justified by the fact that, after all, we are considering a well-defined dimension size. On the other hand, DEA index increases with firm size. It is not sensitive to the differences that IEM index is able to perceive. IEM index grasps immediately the difference between micro-firms and small-medium size firms. It is detecting only limited differences within the small-medium size, i.e. it recognizes the approximately homogeneous entrepreneurial performance in this class

Page 46: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

size. We expect that, if the dataset contained also data on large firms, this index would be able to perceive differences in entrepreneurs’ performances related to larger business size. Determinants of Entrepreneurship

Finally, as a first step towards understanding how different factors contribute to the variability in the index values (i.e. entrepreneurial performance differences), we modelled the impact of several factors concerning both the entrepreneur and the firm on the index. The list of possible factors that we considered together with their description is given in Table 2.

The summary statistics of these possible factors in the Baseline Survey are presented in Tables 3 and 4. We see that 69.3% entrepreneurs of the study population are men, 56.7% have a college degree or higher level of education, 82.7% are white. The mean age is 44.55, the mean number of other new businesses started by the entrepreneurs is 0.963 and the mean number of years of experience in the same industry of the business is 11.87.

TABLE 3 SUMMARY STATISTICS OF THE ENTREPRENEUR

CHARACTERISTICS IN BASELINE SURVEY

Mean 95% CI

Gender (FEM) Male Female

0.693 0.307

0.682-0.705 0.295-0.318

AGE 44.55 44.20-44.90

Education (EDU) College + College -

0.567 0.433

0.551-0.583 0.417-0.449

Previous work-experiece (WORKEXP) 11.87 11.54-12.20

Previous start-up (STARTUP) 0.963 0.882-1.043

Employee owner (EMP) Paid employee Not paid employee

0.480 0.520

0.464-0.497 0.503-0.536

Hispanic origin (HISP) Hispanic origin Not Hispanic origin

0.066 0.934

0.058-0.074 0.926-0.942

WHITE White Other

0.827 0.173

0.815-0.840 0.160-0.185

As far as the characteristics of the firms are concerned, Table 4 shows that in the study population 5.6% of the businesses are high-tech and 2.2% possess patents. Moreover, 49.2% are homebased businesses and 34.9% are multiowned.

In order to quantify the impact of these factors on entrepreneurship, we performed a beta regression with a logit link specification (Kieschnick & McCullough, 2003). This choice was suggested by the consideration outlined in the previous section that the IEM index follows a Beta distribution. Starting from the list of variables given in Table 2, we tested alternative models. The final model includes entrepreneur’s characteristics related to gender, education, race, and previous work experience. As far as

Page 47: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

the business’ characteristics are concerned, factors influencing entrepreneurship are patents, high-tech firms, intellectual properties and number of employees. The estimates are given in Table 5.

TABLE 4 SUMMARY STATISTICS OF THE FIRMS CHARACTERISTICS IN BASELINE SURVEY

Mean 95% CI

Patents (PAT) Yes No

0.022 0.978

0.018-0.027 0.973-0.982

Intellectual properties (IP) Yes No

0.192 0.808

0.179-0.204 0.796-0.821

Total number of intellectual properties (TOTIP) 1.272 0.962-1.582

High-tech (HT) High-tech Non-high tech

0.056 0.944

0.051-0.061 0.939-0.949

Homebased (HOME) Yes No

0.492 0.508

0.476-0.508 0.492-0.504

Multiowned (MULTIOWN) Yes No

0.349 0.651

0.333-0.364 0.636-0.667

Number of employees (NUMEMP) 1.869 1.688-2.049

The main findings are the following. Women and non-white entrepreneurs seem to face more difficulties in starting a new business. Education is a positive factor, as well as previous work experience in the same industry. The fact that the entrepreneur is also a paid employee at business has a highly significant positive impact. Entrepreneurs running high-tech firms seem to be favoured. On the other hand, entrepreneurs running multi-owned firms and firms with intellectual properties seem to have worse performances. As far as the variable number of employees is concerned, the results found in the previous section are confirmed.

Since the conditional expectation function is given by a logit, the parameters’ estimates are not directly interpretable in terms of marginal effects of a change in a regressor on the entrepreneurship index. The marginal effect of jx is given by

2

ˆ ˆexp( | ), 1, ,

ˆ1 exp

Tj

Tj

xE IEM xj k

x x

where x represents the vector of regressor variables and the corresponding estimated parameters. For example, setting FEM=0, EDU=6 (Bachelor’s degree), WHITE=1, IP=0, WORKEXP=11.87 (mean) we can compute the marginal effect of EMP on |E IEM x at three different levels for the number of

employees: NUMEMP=10, NUMEMP=50, and NUMEMP=150. The estimated marginal effects are 5.9%, 5.4% and 2.3%, respectively.

Page 48: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

In future work we would like to extend the IEM index to panel data. This would allow us to study the dynamics of the phenomenon, taking into account the heterogeneity between statistical units, and addressing traditional econometric problems in cross-section regression, such as unobserved individual effects, endogeneity, and dynamics.

TABLE 5 RESULTS FOR THE BETA REGRESSION

Variable Estimate Std Error t-value p-value

INTERCEPT -0.3415 0.1297 -2.63 ** 0.0085 FEM -0.1721 0.0512 -3.36 *** 0.0008

AGE -0.0012 0.0022 -0.52 0.6009

EDU 0.0236 0.0107 2.21 ** 0.0272

WORKEXP 0.0125 0.0023 5.42 *** <0.0001

STARTUP 0.0039 0.0100 0.39 0.6995

EMP 0.2349 0.0440 5.34 *** <0.0001

HISP 0.0507 0.0993 0.51 0.6095

WHITE 0.0329 0.0139 2.37 ** 0.0180

PAT -0.1458 0.1626 -0.90 0.3697

IP -0.1829 0.0622 -2.94 ** 0.0033

TOTIP -0.0029 0.0027 -1.08 0.2795

HT 0.1366 0.0660 2.07 * 0.0388

HOME 0.0021 0.0447 0.05 0.9618

MULTIOWN -0.1238 0.0462 -2.68 ** 0.0075

NUMEMP 0.0152 0.0035 4.40 *** <0.0001

* p-value<0.1; ** p-value<0.05; *** p-value<0.001 CONCLUSIONS

In this paper, we have proposed an innovative approach for the study of entrepreneurship. A new performance indicator (IEM) is introduced in the framework of M-quantile regression. By construction, this index has a stochastic nature and it is outlier robust. Moreover, it does not depend on the level of inputs of the business. An empirical comparison with the standard indicator obtained with DEA techniques is carried out. This comparison showed that DEA index depends on the level of input of the business and therefore it is not possible to use it for studying returns to scale.

As regards substantive results, a beta regression has been performed to analyze how well the entrepreneurs and firm characteristics do explain the observed variation in the entrepreneurial performances. We found that positive factors are education, previous work experience in the same industry, white race and the fact that the entrepreneur is also a paid employee at business. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Paper supported by the ex 60% University of Bergamo, Biffignandi grant and PAADEL project (Lombardy Region – University of Bergamo joint project). The authors are thankful to the Kauffman Foundation for providing training and support. Any opinions, finding, and conclusions or

Page 49: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

recommendations expressed in this paper are those of the authors and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Ewing Marion Kauffman Foundation. REFERENCES Aigner, D. J., Lovell, C. A. K. & Schmidt, P. (1977). Formulation and Estimation of Stochastic Frontier Production Function Models. Journal of Econometrics, 6, 21-37. Bogetoft, P. & Otto, L. (2011). Benckmarking with DEA, SFA, and R, New York: Springer-Verlag. Blanchflower, D. G. & Oswald, A. J. (1998). What Makes an Entrepreneur. Journal of Labor Economics, 16, 26-60. Breckling, J. & Chambers, R. (1988). M-quantiles. Biometrika, 75, 761-771. Charnes, A., Cooper, W. W. & Rhodes, E. (1978). Measuring the Efficiency of Decision Making Units. European Journal of Operational Research, 2, 429-444. Cressy, R. (1996). Are business start-ups debt-rationed?. Economic Journal, 106, 1253-1270. Deprins, D., Simar, L. & Tulkens, H. (1984). Labor-Efficiency in Post Offices. In M. Marchand, P. Pestieau, & H. Tulkens (Eds.), The Performance of Public Enterprises: Concepts and Measurement. North Holland: Elsevier Science Publications B. V. Evans, D. S. & Leighton, L. (1989). Some Empirical Aspects of Entrepreneurship. The American Economic Review, 79, 519-535. Foreman-Peck, J. (2005). Measuring Historical Entrepreneurship. In Y. Cassis & I. P. Minoglou (Eds.), Entrepreneurship in Theory and History, New York: Palgrave Macmillan. Grilo, I. & Thurik, A. R. (2008). Determinants of entrepreneurial engagement levels in Europe and the US. Industrial and Corporate Change, 17, 1113-1145. Harada, N. (2003). Who succeeds as an Entrepreneur? An Analysis of the Post-entry Performance of New Firms in Japan. Japan and the World Economy, 15, 211-222. He, X. (1997). Quantile curves without crossing. American Statistician, 51, 186-192. Huber, P. J. (1973). Robust regression: Asymptotics, conjectures and Monte Carlo. The Annals of Statistics, 1, 799-821. Hurvich, C.M. & Simonoff, J.S. (1998). Smoothing parameter selection in nonparametric regression using an improved Akaike information criterion. Journal of the Royal Statistical Society B, 60, 271-293. Kieschnick, R. & McCullough, B. D. (2003). Regression analysis of variates observed on (0,1): percentages, proportions and fractions. Statistical Modelling, 3, 193-213. Koenker, R. & Bassett, G. (1978). Regression quantiles. Econometrica, 46, 33-50. Kokic, P., Chambers, R., Breckling, J. & Beare, S. (1997). A measure of production performance. Journal of Business & Economic Statistics, 15, 445-451.

Page 50: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Meeusen, W. & van den Broeck, J. (1977). Efficiency Estimation from Cobb-Douglas Production Functions with Composed Errors. International Economic Review, 18, 435-444. Newey, W. K. & Powell, J. L. (1987). Asymmetric least squares estimation and testing. Econometrica, 55, 819-847. OECD/Eurostat (2009). Measuring Entrepreneurship: A collection of indicators. Available at http://www.oecd.org/dataoecd/43/50/44068449.pdf. Ray, S. C. (2004). Data Envelopment Analysis: Theory and Techniques for Economics and Operations Research, Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. Robb, A., Reedy, E. J., Ballou, J., Des Roches, D., Potter, F. & Zhao Z. (2010). An Overview of the Kauffman Firm Survey: Results from the 2004-2008 Data. Available at http://www.kauffman.org/uploadedFiles/kfs_2010_report.pdf. Venables, W. N. & Ripley, B. D. (2002). Modern Applied Statistics with S, New York: Springer. Wilson, P.W. (1993). Detecting outliers in deterministic nonparametric frontier models with multiple outputs. Journal of Business & Economic Statistics, 11, 319-323.

Page 51: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

An Investigation of Marketers’ Attitudes Towards Corporate Restructuring and CSR in Sub Saharan Africa: A Case of the Nigerian

Service Industry in Lagos Metropolis

Bolajoko Nkemdinim Dixon-Ogbechi University of Lagos, Nigeria

Elizabeth M. Haran

Salem State University

Joseph F. Aiyeku Salem State University

Piyachat Jarutirasarn

Ramkhamhaeng University, Thailand

The concept of corporate social responsibility (CSR) continues to grow in recent years and is gradually becoming a global trend. Despite this growth, the adoption of CSR is still very small in the Nigerian service marketing industry. This paper investigated marketer’s attitude towards corporate restructuring and CSR in the Nigerian service marketing industry in Lagos metropolis. It concluded that there is a positive relationship between Nigerian service marketing industry marketers’ attitude and the adoption of CSR despite the current wave of corporate challenges in the country. Overall results indicate that actions that followed restructuring were judged to show social responsibility.  INTRODUCTION

Though traditionally, the role of business is viewed to be the creation of wealth for shareholders,

employees, customers and society at large at a profit, happenings in the external business environment within the last decade has shown that various parties and persons are beginning to see the need to re- define the role(s) of business in society to include corporate social responsibility (Okomoh, 2004). This view is supported by Aguilera, Rupp, Williams, and Ganapathi (2007) who opined that organizations are pressured to engage in CSR by many different actors, each driven by instrumental, relational, and moral motives. To this effect, some organizations’ corporate policies world-wide have started reflecting the new demands of their external environment by incorporating the concept of Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) (Okomoh, 2004). To this effect, there is need for businesses to restructure their organizations to cope with happenings in the dynamic business environment. Restructuring is the corporate management term for the act of reorganizing the legal, ownership, operational, or other structures of a company for the purpose of making it more profitable, or better organized for its present and future needs (McAteer,

Page 52: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

2011). It is a managerial strategy aimed at improving efficiency, controlling costs or gaining more profitability, and coping with fluctuating business environment to survive in the long term. Given the dynamic nature of the business environment, organizations need to embark on restructuring at one point in time or another.

However, given the direct business benefits of CSR such as building a reputation, generation of positive corporate image, reducing resource use, waste and emissions in the environment, ensuring compliance with regulatory requirements, improvement in company/employees’ morale, among others (Business Link, 2012; Schmidt, 2011), it is advisable for organizations to incorporate CSR in their restructuring. This paper as part of a larger study seeks to investigate how this can be done in the Nigerian service marketing industry by determining the more socially responsible practices that companies in the Nigerian service industry can adopt during restructuring. STATEMENT OF PROBLEM

Given the recent rising interest in CSR globally among academicians and organizations both in the private and public sector, organizations have engaged in serious efforts to incorporate CSR into all aspects of their businesses (Albareda, Lozano and Ysa, 2007) including during restructuring. However, research has shown that decisions to incorporate CSR in any organization are usually initiated by the management team (Dixon-Ogbechi, Aiyeku, Haran and Jarutirasarn, 2011). Therefore, there is a need to see how organizations can incorporate CSR in their corporate restructuring efforts by investigating the attitudes of marketers toward corporate restructuring so as to find out what they perceive to be the actions or practices that are more socially responsible in restructuring.

This is important because an understanding of an individual’s attitude towards an object could help in the prediction of the individual’s overall pattern of responses towards that object (Ajzen&Fishbein, 1980; Dixon-Ogbechi et al., 2011). Given this background, it can be inferred that an understanding of marketers’ attitude towards the actions or practices they perceive as being more socially responsible in restructuring will facilitate their adoption of CSR in their corporate restructuring efforts. THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK Corporate Social Responsibility

Over the last decade scholars have conceptualized the Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) concept in different ways. For instance, Eilbrit and Robert (1973) viewed CSR at the micro-level in terms of good neighbourliness, which encompasses the responsibility not to spoil the neighbourhood (negative injunction duties), and the voluntary assumption of the obligation to help solve neighbourhood problems (affirmative duties). In 2001, The European Commission defined Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) as a concept whereby companies decide voluntarily to contribute to a better society and cleaner environment and, second, as a process by which companies manage their relationship with stakeholders. This view is supported by Xu and Zhang (2011) who added that corporate social responsibility is the positive fulfillment of obligations and responsibilities to employees, business partners, customers (consumers), community and nation through enterprise systems and behaviors; and a benign reaction to enterprise’ stakeholder groups and also the enterprise operation objectives’ overall target.

While agreeing with these views, Visser, Matten, Pohl and Tolhurst (2007) defined CSR from the developing country’s perspective as ‘the formal and informal ways in which business makes a contribution to improving the governance, social, ethical, labour and environmental conditions of the developing countries in which they operate, while remaining sensitive to prevailing religious, historical and cultural contexts’. They further identified four rationale for focusing on CSR in developing countries as distinct from CSR in the developed world based on findings from organizations such as International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Resources Institute (WRI), United Nations Development Programme (UNDP) and world Bank as follows: developing countries are where globalization, economic growth, investment, and business activity are likely to have the most dramatic social and environmental impacts

Page 53: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

(both positive and negative) (World Bank, 2006); developing countries represent the most rapidly expanding economies, and hence the most lucrative growth markets for business (IMF, 2006); developing countries are where the social and environmental crises are usually most acutely felt in the world (WRI, 2005; UNDP, 2006); and developing countries present a distinctive set of CSR agenda challenges which are collectively quite different to those faced in the developed world (Visser, 2012; Visser et. al., 2007).

Given the foregoing, it can be seen that CSR is about giving back to society from which business has taken so much. This notwithstanding, some scholars argued that corporate social responsibility (CSR) is not just about doing the right thing but also about behaving responsibly (Business Link, 2012). Then we can conclude that CSR is a matter in which a corporate willingly responds to the economy, society, and environment in a responsible manner with the aim of benefiting people, groups, and society. Corporate Restructuring

Restructuring or corporate restructuring in its dictionary definition is the act or process of changing the terms on the assets and/or liabilities of a company (Financial-Dictionary, 2011). It can also be viewed as a significant modification made to the debt, operations or structure of a company. It is a corporate action which is embarked upon when there are significant problems in a company with the hope that through restructuring, a company can eliminate financial harm and improve the business (Investopedia, 2011). While from the business/commercial point of view, restructuring is a change in the business strategy of an organization resulting in diversification, closing parts of the business, etc., with the aim of increasing organizational long-term profitability (Free Dictionary, 2012).

Given the dynamic nature of the business environment, there is no way organizations can survive without embarking on one form of restructuring or the other. However, to adapt to the current strategic thinking of CSR, the organization needs to be socially responsible in its restructuring efforts. To this effect, it is important to know what marketers attitude towards CSR and corporate restructuring are so as to ensure organizational survival and long term profitability. CSR in Nigeria

Research has recently shown that organizations in Nigeria, just like in other developed and developing nations, are increasingly practicing CSR. Although in Nigeria, the history of ‘organised’ CSR can be traced to practices in the oil and gas sector driven by western MNCs. A study by Amaeshi, Adi, Ogbechie and Amao (2006) revealed that in Nigeria, CSR was mainly seen from a philanthropic and altruistic perspective as a way of ‘giving back’ to the society. They then concluded that while indigenous firms were more involved in philanthropic CSR, multinational firms were more strategic in their CSR activities. This, according to them, is at variance with an understanding and practice of CSR in Western economies, where CSR is argued to have ‘advanced’ beyond philanthropic understanding in many ways (Amaeshi et al., 2006).

Research by Amaeshi et. al (2006) also revealed that there have been a number of studies on CSR in Nigeria, most of which have, mainly, focused on the CSR activities of multinational firms in the Nigerian oil industry like Shell, ENI, ExxonMobil, ChevronTexaco, TotalFinaElf and less on indigenous firms (e.g. Ite, 2004, 2005; Frynas, 2000, 2001; Boele, Fabig, and Wheeler, 2001; Wheeler, Fabig, and Boele, 2002). This view is supported by Idemudia (2007) and Tuodolo, (2011) who further opined that oil multinational companies are making considerable contribution to host community development.

However, these companies mainly engage in CSR in order to make up for the government’s governance failures, in order to protect their business interests in the region and also in order to remedy the effects of their extraction activities on the local communities; and the Niger Delta region of Nigeria (Tuodolo, 2011; Idemudia, 2007). Also, a recent study by Dixon-Ogbechi et al (2011) investigated marketers’ perception of corporate social responsibility and the impact on performance of companies in the Nigerian service industry in Lagos metropolis and discovered that firms who participate in CSR will have more customers, and they will face low business conflict and have more loyal employees. Given this and given the fact that there are little or no study on CSR and corporate restructuring in the Nigerian service marketing industry, this paper seeks to fill this gap in knowledge.

Page 54: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

METHODOLOGY Research Objectives 1. Investigate the attitude of marketers in the Nigerian service industry toward CSR. 2. Determine the impact of stakeholders on the corporate image/reputation of companies in the

Nigerian service industry. 3. Determine which are the more socially responsible practices that companies in the Nigerian

service industry can adopt during restructuring. 4. Investigate the attitude of marketers in the Nigerian industry toward corporate restructuring

and CSR. Research Hypothesis

H1: Marketers’ opinions of the CSR components will be positive overall. H2: There will be significant differences among demographic grouping of marketers in their

assessment of the impact of stakeholders on their firm’s public image/reputation. Specifically, assessments will vary by size of company, but not by age, education or gender. There will also be significant differences among the impact of stakeholder groups.

H3: The actions perceived as most socially responsible in connection with corporate restructuring will be those that take place during the actual process as opposed to those which take place prior to, or after, restructuring.

H4: All socially responsible actions offered as options during restructuring will be seen as positive actions a company should follow.

Research Instrument

This study used the questionnaire to investigate corporate restructuring and CSR in companies in the Nigerian service Industry. The larger study used the same instrument to find out marketers’ attitudes toward corporate social responsibility, stakeholders, socially responsible behaviors, corporate social performance, and CSR activities. It is composed of 7 parts including details of sampling firms, attitudes of managers toward CSR, stakeholders, socially responsible restructuring, CSR activities, firm’s performance, and respondents’ profile. The questionnaire was designed to be a self-completed form for marketers to evaluate various dimensions related to corporate restructuring and CSR. The Likert scale, the most common and widely used scale in measuring attitudes and perceptions was mostly used to design the questionnaire (Achyar, 2008). Population and Sample Size

The population of this study was the marketing staff of companies in the Nigerian service industry in Lagos metropolis. The sample size for this study is 550. The 550 respondents were selected using multistage sampling from a total of 13 companies (including banks, electricity and water service, ministry of works, telecommunications service, academy press, aviation handling, media services and insurance) in the Nigerian service industry in Lagos metropolis. Limitations of Study

1. Retrieval of the questionnaires in some instances were quite difficult, even after a series of follow ups, 34 questionnaires were not returned; hence we could not get a 100% response rate; nevertheless, the 93.8% response rate was more than adequate.

2. It was difficult to get full attention from some of the respondents because they claimed that they were busy and could not give much time; however this was overcame through frequent follow up.

Page 55: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

DATA COLLECTION AND ANALYSIS

The research instruments were administered over a period of three months and data were collected using self administered questionnaires. Out of the 550 questionnaires administered, 516 were returned with a response rate of 93.8%. Descriptive statistical analysis of the data was done using the Statistical Package for Social Sciences (SPSS); inferential analyses were performed to identify factors comprising the scale and to test the hypotheses. They included Factor Analysis, Analysis of Variance (ANOVA) with Post Hoc tests. RESULTS Respondent Profiles

The respondents classified by gender were 51.6% male and 48.4% female. Six percent (6.3%) of the respondents were age 25 or below, but most were between 26 and 55: 21.7% were between 26-35 years old; 26.2% between 36-45 years old; and 20.3% between 46 and 55. The majority, 55.7%, had some college or a bachelor’s degree. Another 29% had a high school or technical diploma. Only 10.7% had an advanced degree and very few, 4.7% had less than a high school education. Most respondents reported that they worked in large firms, 31.8%, followed by medium 21.8%, and semi-medium, 18.1%. Only 13.4% reported they were from small firms and 14.9% said medium-large firms. The ownership type was 20% state-owned, 15% collective owned, 24% shareholding, 25% private and 16% other. Marketers’ Attitudes Toward CSR

Attitudes toward CSR were measured by a 5 level scale of agreement to statements about CSR. Factor analysis indicated that the statements covered 3 components, described as “information about CSR”; “characteristics of firms with CSR”; and “employees in high participation CSR firms.” The statements which loaded on the first factor included: A firm will participate more actively in social responsibility in prosperous economic times than in recession; A firm is participating in CSR because it wants to gain a good image from the public; Participating in CSR is called Public Relations (PR); A firm with a high socially responsible image will face low levels of business conflict; Corporate social responsibility is a part of running a business. The statements which loaded on the second factor were: A firm with high reputation does not need to participate in CSR in order to gain more reputation; A firm with more activities in social responsibility will have more profitability than a firm with less or none; A firm with high participation CSR needs to spend lots of money on CSR activities. The employee factor was comprised of: Employees in a firm with high participation in CSR will work more efficiently for the firm; Employees in a firm with high participation in CSR will have more loyalty to the firm.

In general the attitudes toward each of the statements related to CSR were in the neutral range. The means ranged from 2.96 to 3.26, with all medians equal to 3. Respondents were more neutral to whether CSR is in conflict with pursuit of profit, with whether CSR activities are affected by economic times and whether companies participate in CSR to gain public image. They were more split in their opinions on whether CSR is PR, and on whether firms with high reputations do not need to participate in CSR. The highest percentages of agreement were with the statements about firms with high levels of CSR will have more customers, more profits, will spend more money and will have employees that are more efficient.

Analysis of Variance with Post Hoc tests was used to analyze differences in attitudes by size of firm, level of education, age, and gender. Size of firm showed significant differences on three attitude statements, about image, high reputation and profits. Medium-large firms showed significantly more agreement to the opinion that firms participate in CSR to improve public image than medium sized firms. The idea that firms with high reputations need not participate in CSR was disagreed with by the small firms and they were significantly different than the medium, medium-large, and large firms in

Page 56: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

this regard. Medium large firms were significantly higher in agreement with the statement that firms active in CSR will have more profits than medium sized firms.

Level of education showed significant difference in three attitude statements as well: image, high reputation and efficiency of employees. The first two overlap with those in size of firm, above. Those with less than a secondary education were significantly more in disagreement to the idea that firms use CSR to gain good image than those with a bachelor’s degree. They were also significantly more in disagreement that firms with high reputations need not participate in CSR to gain more reputation than those with advanced degrees. They were also significantly more in disagreement that firms with high CSR will have more efficient employees, in this case they differed from those with a high school diploma, a technical degree, a bachelor’s or an advanced degree.

Analysis by age showed significant differences on many CSR attitude statements. Post Hoc analyses showed these significant differences to be between the older age group(s) which tended to be more in disagreement and the younger age group(s) which tended to be more in agreement. With the prosperous economic times statement, the CSR is PR statement, that CSR firms will have more customers statement, that a firm that participate in CSR has to spend lots of money and that employees in a high participation CSR firm will be efficient the difference was between the 65 and up (more in disagreement) and the 26-35 group (more in agreement); with the statement that firms participate to gain image and that CSR is part of running a business the split was under 45 (more agreement) vs. over 45 (more in disagreement.)

There were many significant differences between the genders. In almost all cases the males were in more agreement with the CSR statements. The one exception was that the females were more in agreement that firms with high reputations need not participate in CSR to enhance their reputations. More men were significantly more positive that: CSR was for prosperous economic times; that firms participate to gain image; that CSR is PR; that firms that participate in CSR will have more customers; and that they will face low business conflict; and that they will have more loyal employees.

Assessment of the Impact of Stakeholders

Analysis of the impact of stakeholder groups on a firms’ public image/reputation was based on seven identified stakeholder groups. Each group was evaluated on a 5-point Likert scale which evaluated the extent of impact the stakeholder group had on the firm’s public image/reputation. The impact for almost all stakeholder groups was judged to be in the “to some extent” range, with all medians in that level and only the shareholder group with a mean in the neutral range. The evaluations of the shareholder and government stakeholder groups showed the most variability.

Analysis of variance with Post Hoc analyses were carried out to determine if demographic characteristics affected the ratings. Analysis of difference in mean evaluation of the impact of the stakeholder group based on age, gender and size of company showed only a few significant differences. Males were more likely to give a higher level of impact to the government as stakeholder than females, no other differences were significant. There was a significant difference given to the impact of local communities between the very small and the largest companies, with the small companies rating the impact the lowest. No other significant difference among the various sized companies and their ratings of stakeholders were found.

The age of the managers showed differences in how they rated the customers and the employees, in terms of impact on public image. The 36-45 age category rated customer impact significantly higher than older managers did. The 26-35 age category rated the impact of employees significantly higher than those of age 46-55 and 56-65. The major differences were seen in the ratings of stakeholder by type of company. All categories of stakeholders showed significant differences. The shareholder stake holder category was judged significantly higher by those in shareholder companies vs. those in private companies. Just the opposite was found for customers: they were seen as having significantly higher impact by private companies vs. shareholding companies. Employees had significantly higher impact for state owner companies than for private firms. Business partners were significantly more of an impact in state owned companies than in privately owned. The general public and the local

Page 57: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

communities had significantly more impact for state owned companies than for private ones; and the same was true when government was rated as a stakeholder. Attitudes Toward Corporate Restructuring

Managers were asked to evaluate actions that would be most socially responsible during the course of restructuring, if their firm ever needed to restructure. The managers were first given the definition of restructuring as a managerial strategy aimed at improving efficiency, controlling costs or gaining more profitability, and coping with fluctuating business environment to survive in the long term such as downsizing, sale or termination of a business line, facility closures, consolidations, relocations, reduction of wages, incentives, bonus, and welfare; and then asked to indicate on a 5 point Likert scale their agreement with 11 statements about actions that could be taken prior to restructuring, during restructuring and after restructuring. Reaction to all statements was in the neutral range, with the exception of “Give laid-off employees priority for job vacancies” with which the majority was in agreement. The only statement that had an average rating lower than neutral was “Make an advance announcement to employees and community about restructuring.”

Analysis of variance was performed to see if the reaction to the statements would differ depending upon whether they were to take place prior to, during or after restructuring. There was a significant difference among the reaction to actions depending upon the time they would occur, (p<.05). Actions taken after restructuring were looked at in a more positive light. These included severance pay, part time work, relocating employees to other departments or firm and job priority, as mentioned above. DISCUSSION AND CONCLUSIONS

The results do not support hypothesis one in its entirety. While the attitudes were not negative, they were mostly in the neutral range. The CSR statements which received the most positive responses were that firms with high levels of CSR will have more customers, more profits, will spend more money and will have employees that are more efficient (although it is not clear if this is due to the CSR or the perhaps mitigating opinion that large companies are more likely to participate in CSR).

There were differences in opinions among the firms when grouped by size, supporting hypothesis two. The groups most likely to think significantly different were the middle to large size group. They were significantly more likely to believe that CSR should be used to improve public image and profits. Perhaps because they aspire to become more involved in these activities, and want to believe that they will pay off. Interestingly, it was the small sized firms who were stronger in their belief that firms with high reputations still have to be involved with CSR, other groups felt that high reputation firms need not be involved in CSR. It is not clear that they think CSR might put them on the path to an improved image and then might not be needed, or activity in this area might be decreased but this is a topic that warrants further study. Education was not hypothesized to make a difference, however, while those with diplomas or degrees were more likely to be neutral or positive, those with less than a secondary education were significantly more in disagreement that CSR is used to gain good image, that firms with high reputations need not participate in CSR to gain more reputation and that firms with high CSR will have more efficient employees. Further analysis of the employment sector may be needed here to determine if these opinions are across the board for this education group or if there are other factors involved. While age was not hypothesized to make a difference, it was in this area that the most clear cut differences were found. The significant differences were between the older age group(s) which tended to be more in disagreement and the younger age group(s) which tended to be more in agreement with the CSR statements. Perhaps the older respondents are more set in their ways, or less knowledgeable about the recent activities in CSR.

A similar unexpected difference existed between males and females, with males being more positive. Females were only more positive that firms with high reputations need not participate in CSR to enhance their reputations. Could it be lack of knowledge or cynicism on the part of the females? Assessment of the importance of various stakeholder groups was considered to be “to some extent” for

Page 58: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

all groups. The largest differences were found among type of companies, as one might expect. Privately held companies rated customers significantly higher; shareholder companies rated shareholders higher; and state owned companies were higher on their ratings of employees, business partners, local communities and the general public. Younger respondents rated customers and employees highest. In summary, hypothesis two was only partially supported as many more differences among demographic groups were found, than had been expected.

Hypothesis three was mixed. Rather than the expected reaction that the actions taken during the restructuring would be those perceived as most socially responsible, it was the actions that followed the restructuring that were judged to show social responsibility: severance pay, part time work, relocating to other departments or firms; and giving laid-off employees priority for job vacancies. For the first three of these it could be argued that they are actually part of the restructuring activities, the last takes place after the restructuring.

Almost all of the actions related to restructuring were in the neutral range. Only one was rated high—priority for rehiring—and one rated low—making an advance announcement. The expectation of positiveness toward these activities was not realized, thus not supporting hypothesis four.

The overall results indicate a more neutral view of CSR and restructuring activities overall. This may be because the ideas are fairly new to this group of respondents, and to the service area in Lagos, Nigeria overall. Lack of familiarity and or information may have contributed to the less than positive attitudes. Nonetheless the differences that were identified will be important to follow as research of this type moves forward. RECOMMENDATIONS

1. There is a need to promote and encourage Nigerian service marketing industry to participate in CSR activities at all levels.

2. Both government and non- government organizations need to embark on public relation effort that will help the Nigerian service marketing industry realize the added values from conducting a CSR program in their restructuring efforts.

3. There is a need to educate the consumer on the importance of CSR programs and the direct impacts to the society as a result encourage them to support and patronize companies that are engaged in corporate social activities.

FUTURE RESEARCHES

1. Future studies should consider other factors such as attitudes of customers toward CSR. The outcomes will be helpful in establishing strategies to push CSR adoption.

2. Future studies should look at the obstacles and limitations of incorporating corporate social activities in restructuring efforts and also compare these to successful integration from other industries in the same Lagos metropolis.

3. Similar studies are needed in other part of the country using same tools so as to compare the results with Lagos Metropolis and develop strategies to encourage adoption and implementation of CSR throughout the country when restructuring.

REFERENCES Achyar, A.(2008). Likert scale is widely used but poses some problems: Some proposed solutions are reviewed. Retrieved March 5, 2008, from http://academicmarketingresearch. wordpress.com/2008/08/05 /likert-scale-problems-and-suggested-solutions.

Page 59: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Aguilera, Ruth V., Rupp, Deborah E., Williams, Cynthia A., & Ganapathi, Jyoti (2007). “Putting the S Back in Corporate Social Responsibility: A Multilevel Theory of Social Change in Organizations”. The Academy of Management Review, Vol. 32, No. 3/July, pp 836-863. Ajzen, I., &Fishbein, M. (1980). Understanding attitudes and predicting social behavior. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice-Hall. Albareda, Laura; Lozano M. Josep & Ysa Tamyko (2007). “Public Policies on Corporate Social Responsibility: The Role of Governments in Europe”. Journal of Business Ethics, 74(4):391-407. Amaeshi, Kenneth M, Adi, Bongo C; Ogbechie, Chris & Amao, Olufemi O (2006). Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Nigeria: Western Mimicry Or Indigenous Practices?” No. 39-2006 ICCSR Research Paper Series - ISSN 1479-5124 Boele R, Fabig H, Wheeler D. (2001). “Shell, Nigeria And Ogoni. A Study In Unsustainable Development: II. Corporate Social Responsibility And ‘Stakeholder Management’ Versus A Rights-Based Approach To Sustainable Development”. Sustainable Development, 9(2): 121–135. Business Link (2012). “The Business Benefits Of Corporate Social Responsibility”. Corporate Social Responsibility, http://www.BUSINESSLINK.gov.uk/bdotg/action/detail?itemId= 1075408491&type=RESOURCES. Dixon-Ogbechi, Bolajoko N., Aiyeku , Joseph F., Haran, Elizabeth & Jarutirasarn, Piyachat (2011). “Marketers’ Perception Of Corporate Social Responsibility And The Impact On Company's Performance: A Study Of Companies In The Nigerian Service Industry In Lagos Metropolis”. Paper presented at the 2011 International Conference on CRS in Sub-Saharan Africa, December 12-14, Lagos, Nigeria. Eilbirit, H. and Parket, R.I. (1973) “The Practices of Business: The Current State of Corporate Social Responsibility,” Business Horizons, August, pp.5-14. European Commission (2001) in Albareda, Laura, Lozano M. Josep & Ysa Tamyko (2007). “Public Policies on Corporate Social Responsibility: The Role of Governments in Europe”. Journal of Business Ethics. Vol. 74, No. 4, pp 391-407. Financial-Dictionary (2011). “Restructuring”. Farlex Financial Dictionary, http://financial-dictionary.thefreedictionary.com. Retrieved 05th December, 2011. Free Dictionary (2012). “Corporate Restructuring”. http://www.thefreedictionary.com/ Retrieved 09th January, 2012. Frynas J. G. (2000). Oil in Nigeria: Conflict and Litigation Between Oil Companies and Village Communities. LIT: Munster. Frynas J. G. (2001). “Corporate And State Response To Anti-Oil Protest In The Niger Delta”. African Affairs, 100: 27–54.

Page 60: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Idemudia, Uwafiokun (2007). “ Corporate Partnerships and Community Development in the Nigerian Oil Industry: Strengths and Limitations. Markets, Business and Regulation Programme Paper Number 2, United Nations Research Institute for Social Development (UNRISDProgramme,http://www.unrisd.org/unrisd/website/document.nsf/8b18431d756b708580256b6400399775/d7737bee64bc48b0c12572c90045372e/$FILE/Idemudia.pdf IMF (2006). World Economic Outlook: Financial Systems and Economic Cycles. Brussels: International Monetary Fund. Investopedia (2011). “Definition of Restructuring”. http://www.investopedia.com/terms/r/ restructuring.asp. Retrieved 05th December, 2011. Ite, U. E. (2004). ‘Multinationals and Corporate Social Responsibility in Developing Countries: A Case Study of Nigeria’. Corporate Social Responsibility and Environmental Management, 11(1): 1–11. Ite, U. E. (2005). “Poverty Reduction In Resource-Rich Developing Countries: What Have Multinational Corporations Got To Do With It?” Journal of International Development, 17(7):913-929. McAteer , Michael (2011). “ Corporate Restructuring in Ireland”, Finance Leaders Journal, http://www.grantthornton.ie/MediaandEvents/Corporate-Restructuring-in-Ireland. Okomoh, Peter Friday (2004). “The Role Of Business In Society: Foreign Direct Investments (Fdi) And Their Impact On Sustainable Development In Nigeria”. Paper For 2004 World Bank Institute (WBI)/ Wharton Business School International research/ Essay Contest on CSR for Future Leaders. Schmidt, Bob (2011). “The Potential Business Benefits of Corporate Social Responsibility”. http://www.HELIUM.com/items/2153158-business-benefits-of-good-social-responsibility. Retrieved June 12, 2011. Tuodolo, Felix (2011). ““Corporate Social Responsibility: Between Civil Society and the Oil Industry in the Developing World”. http://www.acme-journal.org/vol8/Tuodolo09.pdf. Retrieved December 12, 2011. UNDP (2006). Beyond Scarcity: Power, Poverty and the Global Water Crisis. Brussels: United Nations Development Programme. Visser, Wayne (2011). “Corporate Social Responsibility In Developing Countries “ CSR in global context. http://www.waynevisser.com/chapter_wvisser_csr_dev_countries.pdf. Retrieved, December 16, 2011. Visser, W., Matten, D., Pohl, M., and Tolhurst, N. (2007). The A to Z of Corporate Social Responsibility. London: Wiley. Wheeler D, Fabig H, & Boele R. (2002). “Paradoxes And Dilemmas For Stakeholder Responsive Firms In Extractive Sector: Lessons From The Case Of Shell And The Ogoni”. Journal of Business Ethics, 39:297–318. World Bank (2006). World Development Report 2007: Development and the Next Generation. Washington: World Bank. WRI (2005). World Resources 2005—The Wealth of the Poor: Managing Ecosystems to Fight Poverty. Washington: D.C.,: World Resources Institute, UNDP, UNEP, World Bank.

Page 61: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Xu Dayou, Zhang Zhuo (2011). “Corporate Social Responsibility in Service Industry”. School of Business Administration, Guizhou College of Finance and Economics, Guiyang, P.R. China.http://www.seoiofbluemountain.com/upload/product/200911/2008scyxhy.06a4.pdf.Retrieved, September 16, 2011. SHORT BIOGRAPHY: DIXON-OGBECHI, BOLAJOKO NKEMDINIM., PhD. Bolajoko N. Dixon-Ogbechi, started her early education in Rome, speaks and writes Italian, French, English and Yoruba fluently. She is a Senior Lecturer in the University of Lagos, Nigeria, and was also a visiting scholar to Salem State College now Salem State University, Salem, MA, USA. She holds a B.Sc. in Business Administration, M.Sc. with distinction and Ph.D. in Marketing from the University of Lagos. She is a an active member of many professional bodies including American Marketing Association (member and Alpha Mu Alpha), National Institute of Marketing of Nigeria (member and Registered Marketer) and Institute for Operations Research of Nigeria (Fellow). Her area of expertise is in Marketing and Decision Sciences and her publications include: books, Journal articles and Conference Proceedings. SHORT BIOGRAPHY: Elizabeth Marie Haran, PhD. Elizabeth has been involved in the field of education for 40 years. She is currently a professor in the Marketing and Decision Sciences Department at Salem State University, a position she has held for over 25 years. She also served the University as Acting Dean of the Bertolon School of Business for three years. Her B.A., Math, and M.Ed., Community Counseling, are both from Salem State; her Ph.D. is from Boston College. Current research activities are in Business Intelligence and Analytics. SHORT BIOGRAPHY: JOSEPH FOLA AIYEKU Dr. Joseph Fola Aiyeku is a professor of marketing in the department of Marketing and Decision Sciences at Bertolon School of Business, Salem State University, where he teaches Global Marketing, Consumer Behavior, Sales Management, Retailing and Electronic Marketing. He has published and presented over 60 articles in various journals and conferences worldwide. He is a co-editor of three books including “The Dynamic of Marketing in Africa”. Joseph special research areas are in: Macromarketing, E-commerce, Marketing and Development, Global Consumer Buying Behavior and Entrepreneurship in the Developing Countries. He is currently a visiting professor of Marketing at Ramkhamhaeng University in Thailand as well as a consultant to CETEP City University of Lagos, Nigeria where he helps develop courses in Global Marketing area. Joseph is the co-founder of two international academies: The International Academy of African Business and Development and International Association of Nigerian Studies and Development. He serves in the editorial board of several Journals including the Journal of African Business, Georgia State University and International Journal of Marketing and Exporting from University of Western Australia. He is also the associate editor of the International Journal of Nigerian Studies and Development, University of Minnesota.

Page 62: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Social Media Such As the Phenomenon of Modern Business

Veronika Svatošová University of Pardubice

Social media is becoming an integral part of marketing communications. Therefore, it cannot be ignored by a successful company when setting its business strategy. The main aim of this paper is to present a critical view of the current possibilities of social media and based on the findings capture the key factors for business success through social media. This objective is achieved through a critical analysis of primary and secondary statistical sources dealing with the possibilities of Internet marketing communication and through a comparative analysis of the world’s social media population with the online social population in the Czech Republic. INTRODUCTION

The Internet has become a phenomenon of modern times. Without the existence of this virtual world today’s society would struggle to ensure its stability, meaning that it must also exist in economics, business and marketing. The Internet not only provides the possibility of independent decision-making but also the capability of selection and targeting. The Internet is not just a passive medium but there is the possibility of mutual communication and feedback. These attributes are an important factor in marketing which increasingly tries to use them to its advantage. The Internet is becoming a powerful independent marketing tool and not only a support tool as it was before.

The world of business is changing dynamically with the development of information technology. It appears that best practices and recognized strategies are inadequate for the current market, so management must constantly seek new ways to maintain long-term competitiveness.

Society is in the information age, which creates hyper-competitive markets. Potential customers therefore have a much broader view of competitive offers; they are more selective and more demanding than in the past. The present era is also known as the new economy (digital or information economy). Štědroň calls the digital economy a “synergistic process converging in the complete dependence of all businesses on the phenomenon of ITC” (Štědroň, 2009).

The digital economy has reached a stage where companies are forced to clearly define their image and identify new business opportunities in the markets in which they operate. These facts show that businesses must understand and master new skills if they hope to prosper in the long-term. Kotler states that in addition to existing skills and abilities the must fundamentally rethink and revise their business strategies and rethink the role of marketing in their marketing strategy (Kotler et al., 2007).

Page 63: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

THEORETICAL FRAMEWORK

Marketing has come to the fore in the modern business world. This is reflected by the fact that in many companies marketing costs make up to 50% of all corporate costs (Kotler, 2003). Companies that maintain a long-term leading position in the market realize that marketing is a key business activity and is crucial to the success of the business. Crainer states that “marketing reveals the needs of the customer, it designs products that meet their requirements and demands, and then creates a support system designed to ensure customer satisfaction” (Crainer, 2000).

According to the traditional concept, marketing is defined as a system for meeting the needs of the customer. Kotler adds, however, that marketing reaches further and creates needs and wants which were previously non-existent. According to this theory, marketers encourage consumers to spend more money than they can afford for the goods and services they actually do not need (Kotler & Keller, 2007).

Marketing is considered as being one of the most dynamically developing fields. Marketing is an art and science; thus there is constant tension between the theoretical and creative sides of marketing (Kotler & Keller, 2007). Customers are increasingly demanding, hence the essence of marketing, consisting in satisfying the needs and wishes of customers, is becoming increasingly difficult to define. Current marketing activities must be continuously improved and transformed in virtually every industry in order to increase the chances of success.

More or less coherent concepts gradually formed during the 20th century, leading to the modern concept of marketing and marketing communication as one of the most important tools affecting customer behavior and the business environment. Consumers ceased to be the object of marketing communication and became the subject. They help to shape brands and products and the method of communication on the market (Přikrylová & Jahodová, 2010).

Pilík defines the current concepts of marketing as being traditional marketing, traditional marketing with innovative features and new marketing trends. The decision whether to choose a traditional or innovative marketing approach depends on many factors (Pilík, 2008). Good marketing follows innovation trends in industry. Consumers are tired of traditional communication tools and increasingly ignore commercial communications. One of the ways to attract them is through innovation (Kotler, 2005). The main attributes of a successful modern marketing are: Not equating marketing with sales. Integration of marketing communication tools instead of planning a communication tool

separately. Focus on customer care rather than focus on customer acquisition. Transition from operating on the market to operating in cyberspace. Transition from using one marketing channel to marketing that uses multiple communication

channels. Transition from marketing focusing on the product to marketing focusing on the customer.

(Kotler, 2000; Pilík, 2008) The key term for the current marketing is customer analysis in the broadest sense. A company which

gains a deeper insight into customer needs, perceptions, preferences and behavior, is undoubtedly at a competitive advantage (Kotler, 2005).

Companies must monitor customer satisfaction and strive to improve it. Practice shows that the cost of acquiring a new customer may be five to ten times higher than the costs incurred for the care of existing customers and retaining them. A five percent decrease in the rate of customers leaving can lead to increased profits of 25 to 85 percent depending on what industry a company operates in (Kotler, 2003).

These days, traditional marketing tools are not enough for market success. Marketing, therefore, recently underwent a dynamic and turbulent development from mass marketing and targeted marketing to today’s IT and institutionalized forms of marketing integrated into the new economy (Štědroň, 2009).

Page 64: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Marketing communication on the Internet takes an increasingly important position in a modern approach to marketing as it affects the lifestyle and behavior of consumers and changes the existing rules of the game in world trade. The main advantages of online communication include: Interactivity, Two-way communication, Possibility to communicate 24 hours, 7 days a week, The customer can be reached in several ways at once, Possibility of immediate updating, Personalization, Precise targeting, Measurable effects. Internet marketing is gaining in importance and is gradually exceeding traditional mass marketing. Of

course, not in terms of the volume of funds allocated but rather in terms of effectiveness. Marketing on the Internet involves a wide range of activities: presentation of web pages, online PR, online direct marketing, various forms of online sales support (affiliate marketing, advergaming, buzz marketing, viral marketing), Internet advertising or the use of communication on social media.

Social media is the last and latest trend on the list of marketing activities on the Internet. Statistics show that during its relatively short existence it has become such a phenomenon that it can be regarded as much as a revolution as the advent of the Internet itself. Companies that do not adapt to this trend cease to exist. Due to its importance for the scientific and business world social media should be given the attention it deserves.

SOCIAL MEDIA

Unlike traditional media, the Internet provides new space for two-way communication with customers and social media provides a new dimension to this environment. This new aspect of business requires a new approach to the work of marketing and sales personnel, therefore it is necessary to define new principles of marketing and completely change communication styles. Marketing experts need to find effective uses of social media for marketing communications. A successful business requires thorough marketing support and constant communication with their customers. Social media is one of the ways of doing this. (Svatošová, 2011).

The dynamics of the development of social media are confirmed by surveys conducted in the United States, which show that while social media was used by 57% of companies in 2007, in 2011 the figure was 93%, and 90% considered it an important component of the overall mix. Some companies even now, however, consider social media as a place only for entertainment and not a space for potential marketing and promotional purposes. Another error is that some companies underestimate social media from a marketing point of view. Marketing on social media requires much more thorough and sophisticated strategic preparation than traditional, mass marketing.

Social media is often identified with social networks. The concept of social media, however, includes a wider range of activities. Social media can also be a web page or e-shop using social elements, as well as discussion forums, weblogs, multimedia or other online activities motivating participants to purchase. Social media has no established uniform definition and can also be referred to as “new media”, “media 2.0” or “buzzword”.

According to Janouch, for example, social media can be defined as an “online media, where content is (co-)created and shared by users. Social media is constantly changing, both in the way it changes (increases) its content and by adding many functions. Marketers can use social media to directly determine what customers want, what their attitude is towards the brand or company, and what they complain about, etc.” (Janouch, 2010). From a marketing point of view social media has the advantage that its content can be instantly updated based on the opinions, comments and discussions of the

Page 65: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

participants or the whole community. Among its other features include the ability to immediately edit the content, social validation of data, and share content between users of social media. Another important aspect of marketing on social media is called Search Engine Optimization, which allows optimization of social media in order to ease searching.

Social media can be broken down based on marketing tactics, because it is more transparent and surveys on the use social media are most often conducted based on this (Janouch, 2010): Social networks (Facebook, MySpace, LinkedIn) Blogs, videoblogs, micrology (Twitter) Discussion forums, Q&A portals (Yahoo! Answers) Social bookmarking systems (Diggo, Delicious, Jagg - social bookmarking) Shared multimedia (YouTube, Flickr) Virtual worlds (Second Life, The Sims) Mobile collocation services with elements of social networks (Foursquare) We can also include the website Wikipedia in social media. In a relatively short time social media has penetrated the consciousness of society so much so that it

has begun to be taken for granted. Its original purpose, a source of entertainment and communication between users has ceased to be enough and for many participants it has become a tool both for gaining knowledge and information and also for delivering it. The Internet has become a widely available means of communication, which can be used for the transmission of social communication. This requires knowledge of this environment, sophisticated tools and a great deal of creativity from all who intend to use it for commercial purposes (Svatošová, 2011).

The presentation and promotion of a company or product on social media is referred to as social marketing. The new platform of social marketing can be defined as “an indirect way of influencing or persuading a group of people to accept, amend or abandon certain ideas, behavior, practices or approaches by this media” (Janouch, 2010). A number of surveys show that a third of users are involved at least once a month on social media, while social media for them means a source of information which they use to purchase products and more.

Marketers need to be aware of specificity of space in social media and the different rules when creating marketing communications. Social media represents a space where the view formed on a particular product or service is mostly true, so much greater confidence is enjoyed than traditional marketing media. Firms should be aware that on social media they do not only compete among themselves, but in some ways they also compete with their own users.

Traditional media has a strong position; however, a result of modern times is that many people verify the information they receive from advertising on the Internet. Companies should keep in mind that their existing customers also act on social media. Their good references about a product or brand can attract more participants of social media and spread awareness about the company and its products. This information will be much more credible for the social community than a presentation on a company website.

Many surveys show that 78% of consumers trust recommendations before buying a product (both personal and through discussions on social media), only 14% of them trust the direct advertising. The surveys also show that only 18% of television advertising campaigns provides a positive ROI (Return On Investment).

Effective strategies applied to social media also require the involvement of top management in the decision-making process. In addition, social media requires detailed knowledge of the environment combined with a high degree of creativity. A company operating on social media must realize that the classical method of reaching customers in this area is ineffective. The principle of the social community lies in commenting, discussing, and entertainment. Knowledge of these principles should be utilized by companies in their online strategies. It is therefore necessary to be familiar with their users and consumers so that they can be used to their advantage.

Page 66: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

For the right strategy in social media it is necessary to understand basic facts about mass communication and to put them in the context of the perception and use of social media of the users themselves (Baco, 2011). At the beginning it is necessary to clearly define the goal that the company needs to achieve in the social media. In addition, the company should find an appropriate audience. Like every marketing tool it is necessary to create and schedule tasks to be achieved. Of course there are indicators measuring efficiency in terms of site traffic, the number of supporters, contributors, number of followers on Twitter, retweets on Twitter, mentions on Twitter, the number of group members on LinkedIn, comments on the blog, the number of content shares, trackbacks on the blog, the number of “Likes”, the number of members or supporters in the group pages on Facebook and others (Handl, 2011).

The aim of engaging on social media is not an immediate sale, most important is communication and information gathering, the potential sale can occur as a secondary effect of marketing activities which must not look superficially like advertising. This is reflected in a number of surveys conducted in the United States, which showed that 62% of users are involved on social media but only 2% of them use it to make a purchase. Users perceive social media as their personal space, so would hardly be willing to accept conventional advertising. In the social community it should appear in a random, spontaneous way. The purpose of such marketing support is for the community to begin to spontaneously discuss, comment and ideally share the (marketing) phenomenon (here is also the ideal space for viral marketing). Users of social media should get the impression that it is good to participate in a particular community.

It must be kept in mind that social media cannot be the only communication tool. Social media should be part of an integrated marketing principle and not be treated as a separate and major marketing communications tool. B. L. Ochman describes some of the pitfalls and shortcomings of social media, as follows:

1. They cannot substitute for marketing strategy. 2. They cannot succeed without top management buy-in. 3. They cannot be viewed as a short term project. 4. They cannot produce meaningful, measurable results quickly. 5. They cannot be done in-house by a vast majority of companies. 6. They cannot provide a quick fix to the bottom line or a tarnished reputation. 7. They cannot be done without a realistic budget. 8. They cannot guarantee sales or influence. 9. They cannot be successful without the use of people with experience (from the media). 10. They cannot replace public relations. (Ochman, 2009)

Social Networking Sites

At the absolute top of a wide range of social media elements is a relatively new type of web application - Social networking sites. Consequently, special attention is paid to them in this paper. According to Bednář, social networking sites are still considered as being trendy and they have completely changed the face of the virtual world because they have become a universal communication platform and a standard part of marketing communication (Bednář, 2011).

Social networking sites are currently the most popular web application – they have surpassed traditional websites (Google) and even content (pornography). Social networking sites are places where users meet and connect to communities with common interests and provide a network of “friends”. Social networking sites serve primarily as a great crowdsourcing tool. The most popular networks are personal, from which the most widely used around the world is Facebook, with more than 811 million users. This web-based system was founded by Mark Zukerberg and was originally confined to students at Harvard University. Since August 2006, anyone older than 13 years old can connect to the network. If Facebook was a country, it would be the third largest in the world (after China and India).

Another major social networking site is MySpace which was founded in 2003 in the United States, where originally students joined to create a network of friends, have fun together, or exchange photos or videos. Gradually, the network has grown and changed focus into the world’s largest entertainment network. In 2006 it was the most visited site in the United States but it was overtaken in 2008 by

Page 67: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Facebook. One reason for this is that Facebook is translated into more than 65 languages, while MySpace is only available in 15 languages. These days, in addition to personal profiles MySpace is mainly used for the presentation of musical groups and other performers and has over 30 million users.

Another type of social networking is professional. The largest and most popular professional network in the world is LinkedIn where professionals meet and discuss their business interests. This service was launched in May 2003. Currently, the largest professional social network in the world has 100 million users, mostly from the United States, but now it is gaining popularity in smaller countries like the Czech Republic. A work profile can be set up by anyone and is a great tool for many recruiters and headhunters. This professional network is not defined based on professional field but there are specialized networks (Sermo.com – for doctors, Inmobile.org - for top managers in the field of mobile communications, etc.), (Janouch, 2010). It has been shown that 80% of companies use professional social networks to recruit new employees, of which 95% use LinkedIn.

Another important medium on the edge of social networking and blogging is the microlog Twitter, which allows users to publish and read short texts to a maximum length of 140 characters, known as tweets (which can also be sent by SMS, or other external applications) and which are displayed on the user’s profile page and the pages of their followers. Twitter was established in 2006 in the United States and now has over 200 million users, of which 50 million users log on every day and write over 250 million tweets. The usability of Twitter for commercial public communication is limited compared to Facebook. The disadvantage of Twitter for Czech companies is a relatively low number of users (over 79,000). The most important group of Twitter users are aged 25-34 and 35-49 years old.

Social networking sites currently create the potential for direct and effective two-way communication, allowing marketers to be in constant touch with their customers and get as many views and information from a customer perspective as possible, in order to best define the optimal marketing strategy on social networks and adapt to its customers. Two things are important for the use of social networks for commercial communication, simplicity and the ability to attract attention.

The principle of having a company on social networking sites lies in the creation of a fans site, unlike personal profiles where relationships are built with friends. Official sites on social networking sites offer information about the brand, product or company and can be used to communicate with customers and build long-term relationships with them. It is also advantageous to link the site with other marketing activities. For marketers it is a key system for creating a network of friends and sharing mutual information. With this feature, the application, image or video put on the company’s site can be seen not only by friends and fans, but also by friends of their friends. This leads to mass dissemination of information. It is important to actively care for these sites, update their content, as well as actively communicate and discuss with their fans – companies now use a variety of polls, games (advergaming) or competition. Social networks should offer added value compared to other marketing aids. Sophistication of marketing on social networks is demonstrated by a considerable amount of popular and scientific articles that provide guidance on how these forms of online sales support can be most effectively utilized.

Users can also be addressed with traditional paid advertising on social networking sites. Compared to other marketing places, social networking sites have the advantage of precise targeting options. Despite the threat of leaks of sensitive information about themselves, users of social networking sites repeatedly reveal and identify personal information such as age, education, occupational activity, marital status or hobbies by their affiliation to various different sites. These users are then displayed the relevant advertisement based on this information. After attracting the user’s attention there is the more difficult task – keeping them. Surveys and experience show that paid advertising on social networks is less efficient than spontaneously spread advertizing.

A new Facebook application for 2012 allows users to take advantage of new features to automatically share a number of specific activities with friends, like reading, cooking or tasting. This replaces the like button and expands its capabilities as well as providing even more precise targeting of the required marketing support on social networking sites. The development of social networking sites offers the business world other unsuspected possibilities.

Page 68: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

In addition, there are also theories (Ibl, 2009) which say that some users of social networks would rather claim allegiance to the general concept than the specific brand. For example, the official site of the Czech beer brand Staropramen (2012) has 46,404 Facebook fans, whereas the site of the generic term pivo (in English: beer) has 104,862 fans. For brands that are not as familiar as for example Coca-Cola, it pays to create and promote basic profiles outside the product in a general way and through them promote the brand.

In implementing these procedures a non-violent style should be used and commercial terminology should be avoided. Commercial communications can be delivered through non-violent forms for example by inserting a reference to the action associated with the product. Each stage must be considered carefully because it should be clear to any relatively experienced marketer that an interested person can leave a group as quickly as they joined it (Svatošová, 2011).

Another important factor is the target group of users of social networking sites. The most common group of users is between 15 to 34 years old. According to many surveys, these users on average spend more time on the Internet than any other form of entertainment (books, magazines, television, etc.). However, there is considerable potential in the dynamically increasing group of women on social networking sites between 50 to 65 years old. A very strong group is represented by teenagers who are not influenced by traditional advertising and ignore it. Companies must first understand the behavior and interests of users of social networking sites; otherwise they cannot be effectively reached.

According to American psychologists from The University of Texas at Austin who have published studies on social networking sites, users not only profile their true identity and make online friends from the real world but also their personality traits (Červáková, 2012).

Social networking sites not only provide many advantages for marketers, who should make the best use of them for commercial purposes but also disadvantages which some traders underestimate:

Advantages of social networking sites: More possibilities for using promotional tools - banner advertising, website creation, creation

of groups. Relatively easy to contact the target group and get direct feedback in real time. A large number of users. Continued development of programs to measure effectiveness and analyses. The possibility of using viral marketing (Vysekálová & Mikeš, 2010).

Disadvantages of using social networking sites: Not possible to reach all target groups (mostly younger users, mostly between 15 and 34

years). Interactivity and instant response carries the risk of negative reactions and spreading of

rumors. Can lead to misuse of personal data and contacts. Special software needed to monitor and evaluate campaigns is expensive. Risk of rapid saturation of advertisements on social networking sites and them being ignored. Large number of competitors (Vysekalová & Mikeš, 2010).

METHODS

One of the main methods utilized to meet the objectives of this paper is a critical analysis of secondary sources that provide statistical information on the phenomenon of social media. Subsequently, a comparison is made between the use of social media in the Czech Republic and other countries in the world. Another method selected is a critical analysis of primary data from personally conducted investigations that focus on the issues of e-commerce and Internet marketing on the Czech market.

Page 69: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Statistical Data on Social Media Research shows that consumers in developed countries use some form of media up to 14 hours a day;

hence except for when they are asleep they are permanently exposed to media influences. While it took radio 38 years to reach a population of 50 million people, television needed 13 years, the Internet 4 years, the multimedia appliance iPod 3 years and the Internet communication server Facebook only two years. The best-known Internet portal Google now registers 31 billion searches per month, while in 2006 it had only 2.7 billion. Marketing strategies using new media are individualizing and gaining in importance (Přikrylová & Jahodová, 2010).

A survey conducted by the 2012 Edelman Trust Barometer shows that social media enjoys much greater confidence than the previous year. Seventy five percent more people have confidence in the information it provides about companies than in 2011. The increase from the previous year is indeed noteworthy but overall it is not so good. Among traditional media, company websites and other online resources are in last place with 14%. Of this quartet traditional media emerged victorious, as well as last year, with 32% (Bednářová, 2012). The survey was conducted in 25 countries on a sample of 30,000 people.

According to a survey by Wildfire Interactive with 700 world markers, the greatest advantage of social media is increased brand awareness (88%), engage to dialogue (85%), increased sales and partnerships (58%) and cost reduction (41%) (eMarketer.com, 2012).

The following Table 1 shows which social media tools were used by 500 selected companies as a percentage and their evolution between 2009 and 2011.

TABLE 1

SOCIAL MEDIA TOOLS CURRENTLY USED BY INC. 500 COMPANIES, 2009 – 2011

Source: eMarketer.com, 2012.

According to extensive studies of the consultancy company Altimer Group (Owyang, 2011) there is evidence that with the development of social media, a social crisis of companies is becoming more frequent. The causes of the crisis are fairly evenly distributed among the five basic social platforms: online communities (22%), YouTube (22%), blogs (20%), Twitter (18%) and Facebook (14%). With regard to the individual business sectors, the most affected are consumer goods, clothing and fashion,

Page 70: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

restaurants, the Internet and retail. As the results of the study show, the causes of company problems in social media are often disappointed fans who vent their bad experiences. The crisis often occurs in companies that have violated an ethical principle or have just a weak influence on the opinions of their users. There was also a new trend - problems for companies because of their controversial actions being increasingly created deliberately by non-profit organizations.

The study also states that 76% of the analyzed crises could have been averted or at least the negative consequences could have been weaken and only 24% were completely unavoidable. The main reason for these crises lies primarily in the fact that companies were entirely unprepared for such outside attacks through social media. According to the study, in the area of relations with social media, companies had major gaps in staff training, lack of experts, lack of a crisis management plan and an overall lag in policy dealing with social media (Owyang, 2011).

According to comScore, access to social networks is the most popular online activity. In their study (comScore 2012) in 2011 smartphone owners in the United States used social networks to connect at least once a month in 64% of cases and in 45% of cases in the European Union. Social networking sites were used by 82% of the total global Internet population, roughly 1.2 billion people. In October 2011, time spent on social networking sites made up a total of 19 % of the total time spent by people in the whole world on the Internet.

In total, according to comScore there are only seven countries in the world where Facebook is not a market leader in Brazil, China, Japan, Poland, Russia, South Korea and Vietnam. In China, Facebook is completely blocked. As for individual countries, the trend is quite clear. Of the 43 markets tracked, the penetration of social networking sites in 41 of them exceeds 85%.

In addition, comScore also states that the presence of different generations on social networking sites has balanced out. Although social networking sites are mostly used among the youngest generation of 15-24 and the oldest 55+ generation is still low, the difference is only 4.5%. On the other hand, the older the user is the greater the reduction in their activity. However, social media is still far more effective at reaching younger audiences. The following Graph 1 shows the activities of Internet users by age group and compares the percentage change in the months of July 2010 and October 2011.

In terms of marketing, interesting statistics are drawn from the Czech ZoomSphere analytical server, which focuses on social media and updates data daily (ZoomSphere, 2012). Facebook now has almost 812 million registered users and an annual growth of 40% of users. In 2011, the Facebook doubled its turnover to US$ 3.7 billion. The largest representation is in the United States (with more than 155 million users), in second place is Indonesia (more than 43.5 million users), and India occupies third place (nearly 43.5 million users). The Czech Republic is ranked in 43rd place with more than 3.5 million users.

Facebook has been banned in some workplaces and schools for sharing inappropriate content. Facebook is blocked in Syria, for example, reportedly due to criticism of government authorities via Facebook (Oweis, 2007). Furthermore, statistics show that by the 31st of January, 2012 only 6 pages on Facebook surpassed 60 million users. In the first place was the Facebook page, then there was Texas Hold’em Poker, Eminem, YouTube and Rihanna.

A study by the University of Milan investigating the relationships of all Facebook users showed that their social ties are more connected every year. It follows on from the well-known experiment of Stanley Milgram from the 1960s and the theory of six degrees of separation, according to which every person is connected with every other person through a chain of six people known to each other. The study shows that the connection between users is increasing every year, so significantly less than the previously established six degrees is enough because the average distance on Facebook is only 4.74, while in 2008 it was 5.28 (Markoff, J. & Sengupta, S., 2011). The following Graph 2 shows the age distribution of Facebook users.

Page 71: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

GRAPH 1 CHANGE IN AVERAGE TIME SPENT WITH CONTENT CATEGORY BY AGE SEGMENT,

JULY 2010 VS. OCTOBER 2011

Source: comScore, 2012

GRAPH 2 AGE STRUCTURE OF FACEBOOK USERS

Source: Tyinternety.cz (Bednář, 2011)

Page 72: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

The agency TNS Global performed a study of human behavior in an online environment in which it interviewed a total of 72,000 individuals in 60 countries thus providing marketers with comprehensive information. The study showed that people in countries with developed online markets are much less open to brands whilst on the Internet than those in growing markets. On average for developed markets it was determined that 57% of people had no interest in contact with brands through social media. Although many users of social media are not open to communicating with brands, this does not mean that they themselves do not talk about brands. The results showed that 47% of people commented on the brand on the Internet. Furthermore, the study revealed that people praise more than criticize. - A total of 13% of respondents praised the brand online, whereas only 10% criticized. It also showed that a quarter of people in the developed markets and 48% for those in growing markets would be willing to buy goods directly through social networks (TNS Digital Life, 2011).

According to a comScore study (2012), Facebook (28%) became the publisher of “ad impressions”, soundly beating the other servers, such as Yahoo! sites (12%), Microsoft sites (4%) and Google sites (4%). Other statistical data on social media is provided by the Czech server SocialBakers, which shows that the 5 top brands based on number of fans include Coca-Cola, Starbucks, Red Bull, Oreo and Converse (SocialBakers, 2012).

While many marketers have tried different platforms, it seems that Facebook is the only medium that based on their experience deserves a good rating (success rate). The following Graph 3 shows how the platform fulfills the expectations of marketers. Whilst for example Facebook is rated as having excellent results by 31% of respondents, for Twitter the figure was only 11%. Despite these values, the study gives a clear indication that marketers are ready to experiment with a wider array of social networks. Next year it could all be different.

GRAPH 3 RATINGS FOR PAID AD PROGRAM OFFERINGS ON SELECT

SOCIAL NETWORKS, MAY 2011

Source: eMarketer, 2011

Page 73: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

According to the SocialBakers server, Lady Gaga, Justin Bieber, Katy Perry, Rihanna and Shakira currently have the most followers on Twitter. As for the biggest brands, Facebook, Whole Food Markets, Starbucks Coffee, iTunes and NASA have the most followers on Twitter. According to comScore, Twitter is currently used by 1 in 10 Internet users and recorded a 59% growth compared to 2010. Another point of interest from Twitter is that the announcement that singer Beyoncé was pregnant on the Video Music Awards was commented on by an average of 8,868 tweets per second.

The general popularity of blogs and discussions on them is also worth mentioning. According to Technorati, 38% of bloggers mentioned a company product or brand positively or negatively at least once in 2011 (Technorati.com, 2012). Hence, even this form of social communication has irreplaceable significance for the business world. It is now common for global companies to hire professional and well-known bloggers for the introduction of new products onto the market.

According to the Czech SocialBakers, LinkedIn currently has almost 135 million users. In the first place, according to the number of users is the United States (over 58.5 million users and penetration of 18.87%), then India (over 13 million users), United Kingdom, Brazil and Canada. In the Czech Republic, LinkedIn has over 218,000 users, which means a penetration of 2.14% and 43rd place in the world, behind Thailand and Ukraine. On a global level, however, LinkedIn has a much more important position and it shows a 55% annual growth in users compared to 2010.

Companies operating worldwide ensure the promotion of their brands through this professional social network more than Czech firms do. LinkedIn’s status in certain areas is very strong particularly in the United States (Červáková, 2012). In 2011, according to comScore, LinkedIn was the 4th largest social network in the world. LinkedIn has greatest penetration in the Netherlands (27.2%), Ireland (20.4%), United States (18.7%), Canada (17.5%) and Denmark (17.4%).

In 2012, the following trends in social media can be expected: further improvement of social intelligence, which leads to the fact that companies that manage to dominate social media communication will be successful, increasing the importance of using analytics and measurement, as well as aggregation and content management, which means that there will be an increase in the use of insiders, and education in social media, which means that courses will be organized to increase and focus on social media for business purposes (Huněk, 2011). Czech Facebook in Statistics

Compared with averages for the various countries of the European Union, the Czech Republic has essentially the same proportion as the average of the EU27 and the EU15 which in December 2010 was at around 30% (about one third of the population has a Facebook profile).

Facebook started to use Czech language in June 2008, and since then the number of Czech users increased dramatically. In 2009 there were 170,000 registered Czech Facebook users, in 2010 there were approximately 2 million and in 2011 over 3 million users. Currently (2012) 3.55 million Czech users are registered on Facebook. In the Czech Republic, 58% of the Facebook population is aged 18 to 34 years, while in the age category 55+ this share is only 5%.

Of the more than 10.5 million population, of which 5.7 million uses the Internet, one third of users (35%) has a profile on this social network, which represents 53% of the Czech Internet population. But the reality is somewhat different as some people have more than one profile. The data shows that there are more women (51%) than men (45%) on Facebook, with 4% of users not specifying their gender. Women protect their privacy significantly less than men – their profiles are less likely to be hidden. The study (Appeltauerová et al., 2011) shows that 55% of men have a closed Facebook profile, while women hide their profile in 47% of cases.

According to the statistics, Facebook users are most active on Thursday because it is the last day before the weekend when it is possible to use Facebook. Sunday is also a favorite. Although Facebook users are active on Thursday (and also on Monday), almost nobody writes on Saturday - despite the fact that there is a no pronounced decrease in user activity on Saturday.

An important aspect of the business world is to compare the activity (the number of contributions) on Facebook in hours. It can be shown that most users write during so-called “prime time TV”, i.e. 6 pm to

Page 74: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

10 pm. In contrast, Facebook sites (i.e., administrators who care for them) are most active in their working hours. The discrepancy is clear, Facebook sites communicate the most at completely opposite times to when Facebook fans are active. This means that users fail to act immediately and their contributions as a result fall deeper in the newsfeed if they get there at all. The visibility of posts in the newsfeeds of fans is very low and the site is currently facing a great challenge - how to be seen by people. If they publish at different times than fans and in prime time their friends’ contributions compete with those of their fans, it is not easy and often requires a change in communication strategy (Appeltauerová et al., 2011).

Facebook sites and users often share links, although not the content that has the most comments and Likes. Sites share more visual content than ordinary text statuses, on the contrary users tend to write more status updates and share less pictures and videos, as shown in Graph 4.

GRAPH 4

POSTS OF FACEBOOK USERS ACCORDING TO TYPE

Source: (Appeltauerová et al., 2011) Note: Status (17%), Link (58%), Photos and video (10%), Others (0.5%), Comments (14.5%)

Type of content and its length also play an important role. The analysis shows the influence of the

length of a published contribution to its success. The most Likes and comments are obtained by posts with the shortest text (100-200 characters). Brevity therefore increases the chance of interaction. According to SocialBakers TOP 100 the most successful sites usually have an average of 46 Likes per post (Appeltauerová et al., 2011).

According to the Czech daily Ihned.cz (Volf, 2012) Facebook earned US$ 100 million on the Czech market in 2011. The largest share of this profit is in the form of income from advertising and payments for Facebook credits usable in computer games. The company Zynga has the largest share of the profits arising from the sale of credits, constituting 12% of Facebook revenue. Czech game developers are not yet on Facebook. On a worldwide scale advertising revenues constitute 85% of sales on Facebook; in the Czech Republic this proportion will probably be similar. According to statistics, games on social networking sites are mostly played by women over thirty years of age on maternity leave (Volf, 2012).

Most of the advertising on the Czech Facebook is spent by telecommunications companies - Vodafone, O2, and T-mobile, who can afford to spend over US$ 20,000 on advertising per month. The current strategy is to enter the business under its own Facebook profile. Then they can arrange competitions for their “friends” to win products, discounts or holidays practically free of charge. This strategy is used for example by the cosmetics company Vichy, the sports brands Adidas and Puma or the whiskey manufacturer Jameson. The biggest Facebook sites in the Czech Republic are currently: Bez přátel nežiju! (In English: I can’t live without friends!) with nearly 650,000 fans, Nesnáším loučení (in English: I hate goodbyes) with over 580,000 fans and Vytvoř si svou vlastní fotku z Avataru a podívej se,

Page 75: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

jak bys vypadal (In English: Create your own photo from Avatar and see how you look) with almost 557,000 users. The largest Czech commercial sites include: X.parfémy.cz - exclusive essential (nearly 363,000 fans), Kofola (almost 329,000 fans) and Comeback (270,000 fans). (Volf, 2012) Czech Twitter in Statistics

Twitter began in the Czech Republic in April 2006. Currently, there are over 79 thousand Czech users on Twitter. Five hundred Czech and Slovak authors have produced 49% of all tweets, which make up 5,400 posts. Most posts are made between Monday and Thursday, but Twitter activity on Saturday is very low. Original tweets constitute over 12.35 million with about every tenth being retweeted.

Most retweets are from the YouTube and Justin Bieber accounts. According to the statistics, more than 9 thousand Twitter accounts are not followed, 9,000 accounts do not follow anyone, 48% have less than 5 followers, and 93% have up to 100. Only 250 accounts have more than 1,500 followers. Czech and Slovak Twitter is now growing faster than ever before, nearly a third of all accounts (32%) was established in 2011. Every day we produce 35,000 tweets. The average user now writes approx. 13.5 tweets per month; thus one almost every other day (Hutníková, 2011).One study (Appeltauerová et al., 2011) also explains why Twitter would be interesting to marketers. From Twitter users in the United States: 72% wrote a blog in December 2012, 61% wrote at least one goods review per month, 53% posted a video, and 50% contributed at least once on Wikipedia. Discussion on the Czech Web Portals

The statistics (Appeltauerová et al., 2011) show that 63,462 authors contribute to discussions. However, marketers forget this area, although numerically there are almost as many users as Twitter. These forums are thematically diverse, dedicated for example to family, IT, photography, finance or cooking. Contributions to the discussions are of a better quality than anywhere else, so it pays to follow them. Another feature of forums is the fact that contributions are longer, moderated and are a source of interesting information. Often they are professional with a minimum amount of spam. The number of relevant contributions about brands on the forums is comparable with the number of posts on social networking sites. Contributors are the most active in the forums on Wednesday and Thursday, the same as with other online communication portals.

Personal Investigative Survey in the Czech Republic (e-Commerce)

During 2010 and 2011, the author conducted a series of investigative surveys that focused on the possibilities and the level of e-commerce in the Czech Republic in the context of the development of marketing communication on the Internet. The first partial study was carried out in autumn 2010 to determine the possibilities and the level of e-commerce among selected Czech e-shop. The basic set was defined by the following criteria: companies operating on the Czech Internet market, the company exists for more than 5 years, the company is limited to the Pardubice Region (Note: The Czech Republic is divided into 14 territorial regions). Thirty seven Czech companies were addressed. In the end, 26 Internet companies were willing to participate in a questionnaire survey. The data was collected using a questionnaire with pre-determined questions; companies were contacted by telephone and by email (Svatošová & Vaculik, 2011).

The investigation revealed that on average 64% of product marketing of the surveyed companies is done over the Internet because many of the companies surveyed trade exclusively through the Internet or through mail order. Over 81% of the surveyed companies considered trading over the Internet as being beneficial because it greatly helps expand the market in which they operate and electronically there are different ways to reach customers who would not normally receive the given offer. At the same time over 81% of these companies stated that they have recorded a growing trend in e-commerce. In addition, 62% of the companies reported that they have experienced an increase in sales after the introduction of -commerce.

The questionnaire survey also asked what form of promotion the companies use for e-commerce. The results show that all of the addressed companies use Internet marketing (advertising) for marketing

Page 76: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

support. The second most common form of promotion was reported to be printed media. Other forms of promotion are represented sporadically. The reason for the sparse use of other forms of advertising lies in the nature of the companies addressed - most of them are small and medium-sized enterprises, which consider other forms of promotion as too costly and uneconomic due to the low amount of disposable capital. An evaluation of the responses is shown in the following Graph 5.

GRAPH 5 FORMS OF PROMOTION COMPANIES USE FOR E-COMMERCE, (N = 26), 2010

Source: Own analysis

The investigation showed that most companies surveyed see the distinct advantage of e-commerce

and that the level of e-commerce in the Pardubice region is comparable with the level of e-commerce in the Czech Republic. For the purposes of this paper it is also an important finding that all of the addressed companies use some form of Internet marketing and advertising for their promotion. The reason for this was reported to be in particular the low cost, precise and accurate targeting and direct communication with customers. More detailed information about Internet marketing was provided by an additional investigation, which specializes in direct forms of marketing communication on the Internet. The results of preliminary research cannot be generalized too much because of the number of companies contacted and their willingness to participate in the survey. Nevertheless, some predictive value can be observed because the survey focused on the most important companies in the region studied. The survey serves as a basis for further investigation, analyzing the possibilities of e-commerce and marketing communications on the Internet.

Personal Investigative Survey in the Czech Republic (Internet Marketing/Advertising)

An additional personally carried out investigative survey was conducted in the first half of 2011, which aimed to determine the extent to which companies use Internet advertising and the effects Internet advertising bring to companies. This means, whether it is used, what forms are used and whether they effectively bring profit. The intention was also to assess the relationship of both larger and smaller companies with this new form of advertising, what companies advertise on the Internet, how they do it, and what benefits do they expect from it. The investigative survey was conducted with the help of selected students of the Faculty of Economics and Administration at the University of Pardubice. Students contacted several dozens of companies that do business on the Internet and use some of the elements of Internet advertising. Other criteria could not be applied due to the specificity of the survey and the lack of

Page 77: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

willingness of the selected companies to participate in the investigation. In total, 117 Czech firms that do business on the Internet and use some form of Internet advertising were willing to participate in the study. The results of investigative survey show that in most cases (66%) the addressed companies use some form of Internet advertising. Other forms of promotion are represented to a much lesser extent - in second place was outdoor advertising (24%), in third place was advertising in printed media (18%) and in last place advertising on television (3%), as shown in Graph 6.

GRAPH 6

TYPES OF INTERNET ADVERTISING THAT USE SURVEYED COMPANIES, (N = 117), 2011

Source: Own analysis

The results do not correspond to well-known data because the survey focuses on companies that do

business on the Internet, and thus they logically prefer the nature of this form of business. The sum of all percentages of responses exceeds 100%, since most companies are not limited to one type of advertising but combine them.

Another question focused on what form of Internet advertising is used. The highest representation is occupied by banner advertisements (36%). A certain degree of conservatism and inertia probably plays a role here as this form of promotion is no longer as effective as it was during its infancy, mainly due to what is known as banner blindness. Still, this kind of advertising dominated as it is technically simple and does not place demands on either the customer or the provider, and also it can be quickly replaced. The second and third most frequently used forms of Internet advertising were PPC systems (29%) and preferential and catalog entries (28%). PPC and catalog entries are closely linked to banner ads and the reason for their popularity is efficient payment for these forms of promotion and the possibility of accurate measurement of their effectiveness. Other forms of Internet advertising have a low percentage representation, as shown in Graph 7.

Page 78: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

GRAPH 7 FORM OF INTERNET ADVERTISING USED BY SURVEYED COMPANIES

(N = 117)

Source: Own analysis

The investigative survey also deals with an evaluation of Internet advertising from the point of view

of the companies and specifically how it is used. According to the respondents it increased website traffic in 58% of cases, in 30% of cases it increased sales of products and services, and in 18% of cases companies did not report any change.

The survey also focused on other forms of promotion which are closely related to Internet advertising and are considered innovative. None of the respondents reported that they use discount sites, which is probably due to the fact that they have been on the market for a relatively short period of time and awareness of them has yet to be fully aroused. Thirteen percent of respondents who at least consider this possibility showed that this matter is still in its infancy and we can expect its growth.

The situation regarding the use of social media for promotion is somewhat different. This is a more deep-seated issue that has still probably not realized its full potential and just as in the previous question we can expect an increase in its use. This is because 44% of companies use social media to present products and services, and 17% of those who do not use social media are considering it. Social media is used by the surveyed companies through the establishment of profile pages on social networking sites, whereas only a small percentage of them use paid forms of advertising on social networking sites. The survey showed that the most used social networking site is Facebook (82%), other forms of social media are not represented at all (0% - blogs, Q&A portals, forums, YouTube, MySpace, or others) or only to a limited extent (Twitter 18 %).

The resulting investigation reveals that the surveyed companies use Internet advertising tools in abundance, however, the importance of social media is somewhat underestimated, with less than half using it. Due to the underlying data set the results cannot be generalized too much, but they certainly have some meaningful capacity. It is clear that the phenomenon of social media on the Czech market is not optimally exploited.

Page 79: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

DISCUSSION

The analysis of primary and secondary sources indicates that social media has become a serious part of marketing strategy. The results of the survey clearly show that without effective use of social media for marketing purposes, companies would currently find it difficult to succeed on the world market. However, some researchers and marketing professionals are still skeptical about the effectiveness of investments made in social media, both over time as well as in economic terms.

For example, some companies pin big hopes on Facebook in terms of marketing and sales. However, they have met with only a minimal reaction, even though their target group belonged to the most active age group on Facebook (Janouch, 2010). Therefore, there are still doubts about the effectiveness of social media for marketing and sales, creating speculation as to whether the “Facebook generation” is really the right target group.

Comparative analysis of the world’s population on social media with a population in the Czech Republic clearly shows that the behavior of Czech social media users thoroughly reflects the worldwide trend; however, some companies with a Czech base have failed to respond effectively to this trend. Practice shows that Czech companies, unlike international companies and multinational corporations, are yet to grasp the importance of social media for long-term competitiveness.

Generally speaking, the global trends are reflected on the Czech market with a considerable delay, including the social media trend. However, if Czech companies do not adapt to these trends then in the medium to long term they will struggle to maintain competitiveness on a global level. There has already been a gradual trend in the extinction of traditional Czech companies, which are being replaced by global competition. According to a number of investigations and experience, Czech companies neglect the basic concept of marketing and underestimate its importance. Accordingly, social media does not have the opportunity to be utilized by these companies. These attributes have resulted in the fact that Czech companies break through on the global market only in exceptional cases and in most cases remain just as local brands.

The reason for the persistent mistrust lies in the ignorance of online social environments and the inability to identify with the community users. Some marketers cannot effectively use this new marketing tool. The following 20 rules which are vital for business success in social media can be deduced from the personal analysis and other sources:

1. Set clear targets of social communication and strategy which will underpin the success of each business activity.

2. It is important to thoroughly prepare before beginning any social media activity and create a business plan, including an elaborate schedule that can consistently prevent problems and lead to positive results.

3. In the planning process it is necessary to analyze the current situation and the virtual environment. Observe how social media presents competition, what tools it uses and of course know the user community – i.e. what themes are most discussed, most shared, and what they most enjoy, etc. At the same time the company should determine what is required by user communities and subsequently what they should be offered.

4. Identify your target audience on social media - both basic and wider, which can be reached using the selected communication tools. At the same time the company has to find and address their greatest fans in the real environment, which in their enthusiasm will help meet the identified marketing objectives.

5. Select an appropriate communication tool on social media - in particular it is necessary to determine which social areas the company should begin to work on and where they can reach the most potential target groups. For smaller start-ups it is recommended to start work on a single communication channel (e.g. Facebook), and then move also to other social media; established and well-known companies should engage the social community in several ways.

6. Further clarify whether to engage the users of social media with paid advertising or other forms of promotion - the establishment of a profile, sites, blogs, viral tools and guerrilla marketing, etc.

Page 80: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

7. Involve other company employees including top management in the marketing and sales activities on social media - educate and train employees in this area.

8. Define a person or team who will be responsible for managing activities and updates on social media, it is also necessary to have mutual cooperation between business units.

9. Provide social media administrators and other employees enough space for the expression of ideas and suggestions for establishing and maintaining relationships with community users. The company should encourage their initiative, creative thinking and the opportunity to learn from one another.

10. Obtain and maintain community users - a company should attract attention (e.g., by using buzz marketing tools or word of mouth) and arouse interest in sharing the content with other users of social media - videos, links, texts on current issues, active discussions, regular updates and reaction to the interest of fans and users of social media, use their observations to improve services, hold competitions, games (advergaming), surveys, etc.

11. Understand and identify with the thinking of community users. Users of social media create their own space which is primarily used for entertainment, communication and discussion with other members. Superficial promotion has little chance of success.

12. After obtaining sufficient numbers of active fans, create an activity with which fans identify with the company brand, while becoming part of their identity. Fans should get a sense that it is necessary to be part of the whole. The company should determine a trend in the form of social media.

13. Create cohesion in the created group (use of symbols, rituals, etc.), group norms, and coexistence with other groups - understand the principle of reference groups, use marketing psychology tools – create trust and group cooperation.

14. It is important to always be up-to-date, authentic and to engage in discussions and respond to the comments of fans in real time, i.e., when users are most active. It is also important to be transparent, credible and honest - otherwise, you can expect negative consequences that may damage the whole concept of the company.

15. Identify emerging crisis signs or problems - even those companies that do not engage in social media, should actively monitor events on social media. Social media can provide a number of pitfalls which consist mainly of negative comments, criticisms, and the subsequent parodies, which can damage the company image. However, the company must count on and face up to this eventuality - to eliminate the emerging problems before they reach the general public.

16. Activity on social media should be linked to other marketing support - links with the company website, overall marketing campaigns – connections with TV and radio advertising, guerilla marketing, press advertising, etc.

17. The company should never rely on social media as the only marketing tool. Conversely, social media should be integrated into the company’s comprehensive marketing strategy.

18. The company should realize the main purpose of social media - which is primarily communication and building relationships with potential customers. It should not be understood as a sales channel but as a tool for building brand awareness and company image. Sales are only its secondary effect.

19. The company must realize that effective marketing support on social media requires a considerable degree of its creator’s time, knowledge and financial investment. Often, however, they do not decide the budget but the idea. Therefore, even newcomers in the field of business can assert themselves.

20. Companies must keep in mind that social media can be a complementary but also a key tool for successful business. At the same time an important aspect of any crisis at the company may lie in the lack of use of social media or incorrect work with it. (Own analysis)

Page 81: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

CONCLUSIONS

Anyone who has ever entered the virtual world of the Internet or has at least used its services for a short period of time certainly cannot doubt its future. The same is true for its commercial use for e-commerce. It is clear that it will be increasingly used by companies for marketing and commercial purposes.

Electronic media is undeniably an important carrier of marketing messages which can be used to maintain strong relationships with customers. Selected marketing trends are closely inter-related. They cannot be looked at separately. If a company wants to be successful, all forms of marketing must be combined effectively (Kotler, 2003).

Social media is changing contemporary society. Without accepting this fact a company will find it difficult to succeed. The above analysis shows that American companies utilize aspects of social media as one of the key marketing communication tools; Czech companies on the other had are considerably lagging behind. Not monitoring current business trends and neglecting marketing when setting corporate strategies are some of the main reasons why Czech companies have limited success on the world market.

Due to the dynamics of development social media can be expected to increasingly influence purchasing decisions of users (mainly through recommendations, comments about products or companies) and companies will have to invent increasingly sophisticated social strategies to attract new users and keep existing fans. Therefore, some experts in the context of social networking site talk of a social revolution or social economics (socialnomics). Trends now show that Internet advertising is increasingly shifting to a social media environment. Time will tell whether they will adopt a dominant standing in marketing. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT This contribution was supported by the research project SGFES03 “Scientific Research in Economics and Management”. REFERENCES Appeltauerová, L., Hutníková, E., Kadlecová, M., Zbiejczuk, A. (2011, November 8). Česko na sociálních sítích. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.h1.cz/files/h1cz-cesko-socialni-site-2011.pdf. Bačo, V. (2011, March 3). Sociální média a naše deziluze. H1.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://blog.h1.cz/socialni-media-a-nase-deziluze/. Bednář, V. (2011). Marketing na sociálních sítích: Prosaďte se na Facebooku a Twitteru. 1st edition. Brno: Computer Press. 304 p. Bednář, V. Z Fejbůčku je ZoomSphere, měří i Google+, YouTube a další. Tyinternety.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tyinternety.cz/socialni-site/z-fejsbucku-je-zoomsphere-meri-i-google-youtube-a-dalsi-5360. Bednářová, D. (2012, January 25). Sociální média jako zdroje informací získávají na důvěře. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.m-journal.cz/aktuality/socialni-media-jako-zdroje-informaci-ziskavaji-na-duvere__s288x8888.html. ComScore.com (2011, December 21). It’s a Social World: Top 10 Need-to-Knows About Social Networking and Where It’s Headed. ComScore.com. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from:

Page 82: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

http://www.comscore.com/Press_Events/Presentations_Whitepapers/2011/it_is_a_social_world_top_10_need-to-knows_about_social_networking. Crainer, S. (2000). Moderní management: základní myšlenkové směry. 1st edition. Prague: Management Press. 250 p. Červáková, H. (2012, January 31). Jak české a světové firmy komunikují s fanoušky LinkedIn. Tyinternety.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tyinternety.cz/socialni-site/jak-ceske-a-svetove-firmy-komunikuji-s-fanousky-na-linkedin1-5948. Červáková, H. (2012, January 12). Jak české a světové firmy komunikují s fanoušky LinkedIn. Tyinternety.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tyinternety.cz/socialni-site/studie-jak-se-na-facebooku-projevuji-nase-charakterove-rysy-5820. eMarketer.com (2012, February 6). Correlating Social Media Success with Marketer Usage. eMarketer.com. Retrieved February, 2012, from: http://www.emarketer.com/Article.aspx?R=1008816. eMarketer.com (2012, January 30). Marketers Value Social Media for Both Branding and Customer Acquisition. eMarketer.com. Retrieved February, 2012, from: http http://www.emarketer.com/Article.aspx?R=1008802. eMarketer.com (2011, August). Advertisers Begin to Look Beyond Facebook and Twitter. eMarketer.com. Retrieved February, 2012, from: http://www.emarketer.com/Article.aspx?R=1008520&utm_campaign=Argyle%2BSocial-2011-08&utm_content=http%253A%252F%252Fwww.emarketer.com%252FArticle.aspx%253FR%253D1008520&utm_medium=Argyle%2BSocial&utm_source=twitter. Handl, J. (2011, May 26). Strategie pro sociální sítě ve čtyřech krocích. M-journal.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.m-journal.cz/cs/marketing/nove-trendy/strategie-pro-socialni-site-ve-ctyrech-krocich__s302x8180.html. Huněk, F. (2011, December 27). Trendy v sociálních médiích pro rok 2012 obrazem a slovem. Tyinternety.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tyinternety.cz/socialni-site/trendy-v-socialnich-mediich-pro-rok-2012-obrazem-a-slovem-5688. Hutníková, E. (2011, November 9). Česko sociální: Twitter. Půlku příspěvků napíše 500 lidí. Tyinternety.cz. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tyinternety.cz/socialni-site/cesko-socialni-twitter-pulku-prispevku-napise-500-lidi1-5306. Ibl, J. (2009, July 5). Facebook, Trapspoting – jak mapovat uživatele bez oblíbeného produktu. AdMarket. Retrieved February 4, 2012, from: http://ads.miton.cz/magazin/facebook-16/facebook-trapspotting-jak-mapovat-uzivatele-bez-oblibeneho-produktu-84/ Janouch, V. (2010). Internetový marketing: Prosaďte se na webu a sociálních sítích. 1st edition. Brno: Computer Press. 304 p. Kotler, P. (2005). 10 smrtelných marketingových hříchů: Jak je rozpoznat a nespáchat. 1st edition. Prague: Grada Publishing. 139 p. Kotler. P. (2005). Inovativní marketing. 1st edition. Prague: Grada Publishing. 199 p.

Page 83: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Kotler, P. (2003) Marketing od A do Z. 1st edition. Prague: Management Press. 203 p. Kotler, P. (2000). Marketing podle Kotlera: Jak vytvářet a ovládnout nové trhy. 1st edition. Prague: Management Press. 258 p. Kotler, P., Jain, D. C., Maesincee, S. (2007). Marketing v pohybu: Nový přístup k růstu a obnově. 1st edition. Prague: Management Press. 171 p. Kotler, P., Keller, K. L. (2007). Marketing Management. 12th edition Prague: Grada. 788 p. Markoff, J., Sengupta, S. (2011, November 21). Separating You and Me? 4.74 Degrees. The New York Times. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.nytimes.com/2011/11/22/technology/between-you-and-me-4-74-degrees.html?_r=3. Ochman, B. L. (2009, November 2). Ten Things Social Media Can’t Do. AdAge Digital. Retrieved February 4, 2012, from: http://adage.com/digitalnext/post?article_id=140128/ Oweis, K. Y. (2007, November 23). Syria blocks Facebook in Internet crackdown. Reuters.com. Retrieved February 9, 2012, from: http://www.reuters.com/article/2007/11/23/us-syria-facebook-idUSOWE37285020071123. Owyang, J. (2011, August 31). (Report) Social Media Crises On Rise: Be Prepared by Climbing the Social Business Hierarchy of Needs. Web Strategy. Retrieved February 9, 2012, from: http://www.web-strategist.com/blog/2011/08/31/report-social-media-crises-on-rise-be-prepared-by-climbing-the-social-business-hierarchy-of-needs/. Pilík, M. (2008). Nové marketingové trendy jako příležitost zvýšení vlivu marketingu na dosažení konkurenčních výhod. E+M, 2 (2008), p. 107 – 119. Přikrylová, J., Jahodová, H. (2010). Moderní marketingová komunikace. 1st edition Prague: Grada. 303 p. SocialBakers.com. (2012). The Recipe for Social Marketing Success. SocialBakers.com. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.socialbakers.com/. Svatošová, V. (2011). Sociální média jako nástroj elektronického obchodování. IMEA 2011: Sborník příspěvků z XI. Mezinárodní konference. Liberec: Technická univerzita v Liberci. 6 p. Svatošová, V. Vaculík, J. (2011). Analýza úrovně elektronického obchodování v Pardubickém regionu. Bílá místa teorie a černé díry reforem ve veřejném sektoru III. Brno: Masarykova Univerzita. 18 p. Štědroň, B., Budiš, P., Štědroň, B. Jr. (2009). Marketing a nová ekonomika. 1st edition. Prague: C. H. Beck. 198 p. Technorati.com. (2012). Social Media. Technorati.com. Retrieved February, 8, 2012, from: http://technorati.com/social-media/. TNS Digital Life (2011). The largest global study into people’s attitude and behaviors online. Tnsdigitallife.com. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.tnsdigitallife.com/. Volf, T. (2012. February 9). Facebook v Česku vydělá 100 milionů ročně. Za hry nejvíce utrácejí ženy na mateřské dovolené. Ihned.cz. Retrieved February 9, 2012, from: http://byznys.ihned.cz/zpravodajstvi-

Page 84: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

cesko/c1-54638420-facebook-v-cesku-vydela-100-milionu-rocne-za-hry-nejvic-utraceji-zeny-na-materske. Vysekalová, J., Mikeš, J. (2010). Reklama: jak dělat reklamu. 1st edition. Prague: Grada Publishing. 208 p. ZoomSphere.com. (2012). Global social statistics. ZoomSphere.com. Retrieved February 8, 2012, from: http://www.zoomsphere.com/charts/.

Page 85: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

The Uses of Power in Influencing Relationship Economic Satisfaction: An Empirical Analysis in the Automobile Industry in Malaysia

Selvan Perumal

University Utara Malaysia

Nor Azila Mohd Noor University Utara Malaysia

Zolkafli Hussin

University Utara Malaysia

Despite the assumption that relationship satisfaction contributes to buyer-supplier relationship, previous researches have concentrated more on factors affecting an overall relationship satisfaction and very limited research focus has been given to understand the factors that influence the economic relationship satisfaction. Using a survey method, this study explores the uses of power as antecedent of economic relationship satisfaction among 107 car dealers in Malaysia. Results have revealed that uses of non coercive power could have a pivotal effect on the economic relationship satisfaction. The evidence from this study suggests the need for enhancing theories and models relating to channel relationships. INTRODUCTION

In today’s business environment, firms need to evolve from discrete relationship to long-term relationship which aims to reduce the cost of purchase, improve delivery time and levels of inventory, provides good customer service, good merchandise and efficient distribution systems. In this regard, small and large companies are forging partnerships with suppliers as a foundation of their supply strategies (Theng-Lau & Goh, 2005) because developing successful business-to-business relationships can be beneficial to buyers and sellers in the supply chain context, creating and delivering value to customers (Parvatiyar & Sheth, 2000). Thus, interest of researchers and marketers has become more focused on relationship building and development where, the use of a relationship marketing framework in studying supply chain relationships has gained significance both in practice and as an academic discipline (Palmatier, Dant, Grewal, & Evans, 2006).

Moreover, most of the studies on buyer-seller relationship in business-to-business markets focused on transaction-specific based satisfaction. Recent studies called for an approach to study exchange relationship rather than transaction specific relationship (Abdul-Muhmin, 2005; Homburg & Rudolph, 2001; Rossomme, 2003; Tikkanen & Alajoutsijarvi, 2002). Thus, many marketing scholars have recognised the need for an examination of the relationship aspects of buyer-supplier exchange and the components that influence relationship development and satisfaction (Abdul-Muhmin, 2005; Andaleeb, 1996; Anderson & Narus, 1984; Geyskens, Steenkamp, & Kumar, 1999; Ramaseshan, Yip, & Pae, 2006;

Page 86: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Rodriguez, Agudo, & Gutierrez, 2006; Selnes, 1998). Moreover, a successful buyer-seller relationship has been empirically shown to improve business performance and customer’s loyalty trough stronger relational bonds. Thus, key concepts such as interdependence, trust, commitment and relationship satisfaction have been identified as key constructs influencing relational bonds to build, manage and maintain supplier-buyer relationships.

With the increasing interest in buyer-supplier relationships, satisfaction has become an important component in relationship marketing and channel theory (Abdul-Muhmin, 2005; Ramaseshan, Yip, & Pae, 2006; Rodriguez, Agudo, & Gutierrez, 2006). In business relationships, satisfaction with supplier relationship is viewed as an essential ingredient in the development and maintenance of long-term buyer-supplier relationships. The expansion and importance of relationship satisfaction in business-to-business relationship have changed the existing shape of transaction relationship between companies. This is because the importance of relationship satisfaction enables the construction of new relationship model, which was unavailable under the existing discrete transaction relationship. In other words, the satisfaction of business relationship has huge potential for enabling companies, small and large, to develop better collaboration and coordination for long-term based strategies and commitment in business relationship. Totally new competitive advantages and opportunities would open up for companies. As a result, the importance of relationship satisfaction is being emphasised. LITERATURE REVIEW

During the last decade, selling and buying companies relied heavily on short-term economic transactions where each transaction was looked upon as an independent opportunity without any consideration of future contact and long-term relationships (Gummesson, 1994). But, due to the development of relationship marketing approach, firms have been attempting to improve the efficiency of transaction between buyer and supplier by long-term relationship orientation (Biong & Selnes, 1995; Cannon & Perreault Jr., 1999; Doney & Cannon, 1997; Ganesan, 1994; Jonsson & Zineldin, 2003). Most of the research on buyer-supplier relationship characterised it as long-term relationship which required suppliers to gain an in-depth knowledge on buyer behaviour and satisfaction in order for them to achieve a sustainable competitive advantage over rival suppliers.

Therefore, researchers have expressed a great deal of interest in identifying various factors that contribute in creating and maintaining satisfaction in business-to-business industry and marketing channel firms (Abdul-Muhmin, 2002; Geyskens & Steenkamp, 2000). Specifically, in marketing channel relationship, researchers have revealed that a channel member’s satisfaction increases long-term orientation and continuity (Bolton, 1998; Selnes, 1998). Under such a scenario, channel members like retailers and dealers must develop good working relationships with their suppliers in order to provide merchandise efficiently and effectively to the consumer. This is because the retailers and their suppliers are interdependent upon one another and this relationship is one of the keys to successful channel distribution. Despite that, building strong relationships between manufacturers, suppliers, distributors, retailers and customers has become an important channel strategy in both industrial and consumer markets. Through the utilisation of a relationship element like relationship satisfaction, channel members could integrate various functions spread over different areas within them which could lead to greater levels of channel trust and commitment. These efforts could enhance their capability to cope with today’s worldwide trend towards building closer and more integrated relationships between channel intermediaries and suppliers (Corsten & Kumar, 2005; Leonidou, Palihawadana, & Theodosiou, 2006).

In other words, interest in satisfaction in channel relationship arises primarily from the belief that establishing and maintaining a network of satisfied resellers is crucial to the long-term viability of the channel systems (Dwyer, 1980; Geyskens et al., 1999). Besides, the level of satisfaction in relationship is also an important measure of an inter-organisational relationship (Jonsson & Zineldin, 2003; Rodriguez et al., 2006). For instance, evaluating existing supplier relationships and determining the major factors that affect relationship satisfaction could lead to manufacturers, retailers or dealers strategising their way of working with suppliers, resulting in an increase in relationship satisfaction in the long-term (Andaleeb,

Page 87: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

1996; Gassenheimer & Ramsey, 1994; Jonsson & Zineldin, 2003). For this reason, a great number of studies have attempted to investigate the antecedents of satisfaction in buyer-supplier relationships (Andaleeb, 1996; Anderson & Narus, 1990; Dwyer, 1980; Ganesan, 1994; Lewis & Lambert, 1991; Scheer & Stern, 1992; Selnes, 1998).

The previous research focuses more on overall satisfaction of relationship with less research focusing on investigating specific channel relationship satisfaction as economic and social aspects (Geyskens & Steenkamp, 2000). It requires a channel member to seriously and comprehensively consider the economic and emotional aspects that have to be invested in the relationship for further development (Dwyer, Schurr, & Oh, 1987). According to Geyskens et al. (1999), despite the important and vast empirical research attention developed on satisfaction in channel relationships, there is no consensus regarding the conceptualisation of channel member’s satisfaction. Some researchers viewed satisfaction in channel relationship more as the perceived discrepancy between prior expectations and actual profits; while other researchers perceived satisfaction in non-economic, social and psychosocial terms, defining it as an emotional response to the overall working relationship with the channel partner (Anderson & Narus, 1984; Crosby, Evans, & Cowles, 1990; Payan & McFarland, 2005; Selnes, 1998). Geyskens and Steenkamp (2000) argued that economic satisfaction “is conceptually distinct and created through different practices and has a different impact on channel relationship”. Economic satisfaction is described as “a channel member’s evaluation of the economic outcome that flows from the relationship with its partners such as sales volume, margins and discount”. By specifying the economic satisfaction in relationship, the suppliers could improve their ability to manage channel relationships. USES OF POWER

Power is the ability to influence the decisions or actions of others. In channel relationships, power is

typically defined as a channel member’s ability to influence the perceptions, behaviour, and decision making of another channel member. The previous researchers defined power of channel member as the “ ability to control the decision variables in the marketing strategy of another member in a given channel at a different level of distribution (El-Ansary & Stern, 1972). This definition of channel power is very much based on Dahl’s (1957) and Emerson’s (1962) description of power in social theory. Channel members can use power on various occasions, including the development of operational linkages, providing channel training, developing discount systems, all of which are possibly relevant to the focal exchange (Berthon, Pitt, Ewing, & Bakkeland, 2003).

Previous study by French and Raven (1959) is in line with Stern and El-Ansary (1992) which stated that these resources are known as the channel members’ “bases” of power, and they include rewards, coercion, expertise, reference and legitimacy. Moreover, these “bases” of power mere classified as coercive and non-coercive by several researchers. Coercive bases of power represent a power struggle driven by force (Mallen, 1963), which may decrease the level of cooperation in relationship (Skinner, Gassenheimer, & Kelley, 1992). Non-coercive bases of power increase the value of the relationship through team support and common interests as well as promoting collective goals. Scholars have examined power as a bi-polar construct: coercive, or the ability to compel compliance by means of threats, legalistic plea and promises; and non-coercive, or the ability to compel by means of requests, information exchange, and recommendations (Boyle & Dwyer, 1995; Etgar, 1976; Morgan & Hunt, 1994).

More specifically there are many studies which indicate the association between power used by supplier and buyers’ satisfaction (Frazier & Summers, 1986; Gaski & Nevin, 1985; Gassenheimer & Ramsey, 1994; Ramaseshan et al., 2006). However study by Howell (1987) on interrelations among a channel entity’s power produced different findings for power bases and dealer’s satisfaction. The study using covariance structure modeling reveals no relationship between partner’s use of power bases which include coercive, expertise, legitimate, referent, assistance, as well as partner’s power with dealers’ relationship satisfaction. The reviews concluded that in channel relationship the exercise of power has become an important research objective of many marketing channel studies. It is recognized that some

Page 88: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

form of power is necessary in inter-organizational relationships because unguided channel activity is likely to lead to sub-optimal performance (Stern, El-Ansary, & Coughan, 1996). Thus, sources of channel power and their application have been considered to be immensely important in channel management theory (Sahadev & Jayachandran, 2004). In line to this, most studies have included power as antecedents of channel satisfaction but there are mixed empirical results between use of power sources and satisfaction (Frazier & Summers, 1986; Scheer & Stern, 1992).

Researchers in distribution channels also pointed out that there is a need to extend channel power research to other locations, and to test the construct in developing economies with different cultural settings (Ramashehan, Yip & Pae, 2006). This however needs verification. Therefore, the impact of use of power sources on satisfaction further merits further investigation. Previous empirical trials showed that threats, promises, and legalistic pleas are termed as coercive use of power, while requests, information exchange, and recommendations are termed as non-coercive use of power (Frazier & Summers, 1986). Thus, for the purpose of this study, coercive power is defined as the use of direct pressure through adverse consequences of punishment in the hope of modifying the focal channel member’s behavior, while non-coercive power is defined as the use of power to affect behavior of channel member’s compliance through the unconditional provisions of rewards.

Furthermore, the findings of relational elements in channel relationship, have not been fully replicated in markets in developing countries (Roslin & Melewar, 2004). These underlying gaps have led many researchers to suggest further empirical research in this area (Abdul-Muhmin, 2005; Geyskens & Steenkamp, 2000; Ramaseshan et al., 2006). As a result, this study seeks to amplify the current knowledge base of dealer-supplier relationships by examining the relationship constructs such as use of power and economic satisfaction that are likely to contribute the most to success in ongoing business relationships. It is interesting to note that most previous studies on relationship satisfaction concentrated on industrial buyers and suppliers (Abdul-Muhmin, 2002, 2005; Jap & Ganesan, 2000; Sahadev & Jayachandran, 2004; Smith & Barclay, 1997) and very little research was done explicitly on the automobile dealer-supplier relationships. In line with this fact, Geyskens et al. (1999) suggested that further conceptual and empirical studies need to be carried out in different business market settings

It should also be noted that most of the extensive studies on channel relationships were in Western developed economies such as the USA (Frazier & Rody, 1991) and Europe (Johanson, Hallen, & Seyed-Mohamed, 1991). Then research has moved beyond this narrow confine. For example, Abdul-Muhmin (2002) concentrated on industrial distributors in Saudi Arabia, whereas Lee (2001) investigated a Chinese local brewery distributors relationship with their suppliers. The studies that have been conducted in non-Western countries suggest differences in channel participants’ behaviours (Lee, 2001). As a result, it is questionable whether such studies can be applied universally across various countries. Sahadev and Jayachandran (2004) suggest the need for studies to be conducted on issues influencing channel members in other cultures so that such knowledge can be integrated into a general theory of the distribution system as a behavioural system. Research on channel structures in other countries would be a timely progression in the study of distribution relationship, given the issues of the applicability of channel research findings to other countries. Thus, it is important to investigate whether the same evidence can be found in a Malaysian context for automobile dealer-supplier relationships. If the findings of this study were consistent with those previous studies, then, it would be possible to identify relationship structure in the Malaysian automobile industry.

In summary, the automobile industry environment is changing more rapidly than ever before, competition is increasing, and national manufacturers are being drawn into battle with foreign manufacturers setting up businesses in Malaysia. Given the need to satisfy dealers and its importance to business success, knowledge gained in this area will be of great value to dealers and suppliers. As far as the automobile dealers-suppliers relationship is concerned, there is apparently little literature to suggest that research has been conducted in the Malaysian perspective. Thus, the present study attempts to address the gaps discussed in the previous paragraphs by investigating the relationship between the use of power and dealers’ economic satisfaction with their suppliers among automobile distribution channels within the Malaysian context.

Page 89: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

METHODOLOGY

Our sample consists of car dealers in Malaysia. From the discussions in the literature review, the following framework has been constructed. Figure 1 shows that coercive and non coercive power are hypothesized to influence economic relationship satisfaction of the dealers. 300 questionnaires were distributed to new car dealers of national cars in Malaysia.

Out of this number, 109 were returned and 2 were incomplete. A total of 107 responses were usable and have been used for subsequent analysis. Thus, the effective response rate is 35.6 percent. This response rate is consider adequate and within the range reported by other researchers for channel studies (Abdul-Muhmin, 2002; Baker, Simpson, & Sigauw, 1999; Kumar, Scheer, & Steenkamp, 1995).

FIGURE 1 CONCEPTUAL MODEL FOR USES OF POWER AND ECONOMIC

RELATIONSHIP SATISFACTION MEASUREMENTS

A questionnaire instrument was developed to measure dealers’ perceptions of economic relationship

satisfaction with their suppliers. The items were based on the previous studies discussed in literatures. The coercive and non-coercive uses of power were adapted from Scheer and Stern’s instrument (1992) and Geyskens and Steenkamp (2000). They were operationalised as separate, but related to constructs of uses of power. The internal reliabilities reported by Geyskens and Steenkamp (2000) was .75 and .78 for coercive uses of power and non-coercive uses of power respectively. For the economic relationship satisfaction, the measurement adapted from Geyskens and Steenkamp (2000) was adapted. This scale has been found to be the most robust measure of satisfaction in channel relationship and the internal reliabilities reported by Ramaseshan et al. (2006) for economic satisfaction was .86. All of the dimensions developed were measured using 5 points Likert-type scales, ranking from strongly disagree (1) to strongly agree (5).

The alpha values for the present study were also calculated to assess the internal consistency reliabilities of the scales. For the coercive and non-coercive uses of power scales, the results indicate acceptable values were .84 and .88 respectively. Economic satisfaction was measured using 5 items and the alpha values are .90. Inter-correlation between variables was done, where the values of correlation coefficients for all the three variables exceeded .50 and below .80 and were significantly correlated

Coercive power

Non-coercive Power

Economic Relationship Satisfaction

Page 90: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 1 DESCRIPTIVE AND RELIABILITY ANALYSIS RESULTS

Variables No. of Items Mean Alpha Coercive power 4 2.66 .84 Non-coercive power 4 3.56 .88 Economic Satisfaction 5 3.66 .90

FINDINGS

The results from OLS regression are summarized in Table 2. The table reveals that the use of coercive power (β= -.05; p < .01) was found to have no significant influence on economic relationship satisfaction. On the other hand, the use of non-coercive power positively influenced economic relationship satisfaction (β = .73; p< .01). This supports the argument that any business relationship that results in more friendly and less uses of power exchange would enhance the degree of satisfaction in term of economic. This study seems to support such an argument.

TABLE 2 THE INFLUENCE OF USES OF POWER ON ECONOMIC RELATIONSHIP SATISFACTION

Independent variables Coefficient (β) t value

Coercive power -.050 -.58

Non-coercive power

.730 8.41*

*p< .01 DISCUSSION

This study has revealed a non-significant relationship between supplier’s uses of coercive power with dealer’s economic satisfaction. The finding is different from those of the previous studies that reported direct negative effect of coercive power on satisfaction (Frazier & Summers, 1986; Geyskens & Steenkamp, 2000). This might be due to the existing harmonious relationship between the dealer and the supplier. Whereas, in the automobile industry, dealers operate closely with the suppliers in order to deliver better marketing services to the customers. This indicates that the dealers are tolerant, dependent and unlikely to retaliate with the supplier’s use of coercive power. The study revealed that Malaysian channel members behave differently from the Western counterparts in responding to channel partner coercion, and this is in line with study by Ramasheshan et al. (2006) who also found similar findings in Chinese channel members. They explained that Chinese collectivist culture places a high value in conducting exchanges in a harmonious manner which makes the channel members to be more tolerant to coercive influences. Thus, the results could deduce that dealers are more understanding and tolerant to coercive reinforcement because Malaysian collectivistic culture also places a high value, closeness, friendliness and relational in conducting exchanges in a harmonious manner. Indirectly, another reason that could explain the lack of significant influence of use of coercive power on economic satisfaction is likely the overriding effect of non-coercive power on economic satisfaction. The latter is likely to subsume the effect of coercive power on economic satisfaction and could play a mediating role between the use of coercive power effects and economic satisfaction in Malaysian channel perspective.

Page 91: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

This study appears to confirm a positive and significant relationship between the dealers’ degree of economic satisfaction with supplier’s use of non-coercive power. This means that the greater the emphasis placed by supplier on use of non-coercive power, the higher will be the economic satisfaction level of the dealers. This is probably due to the use of reward, information exchange and recommendations (Boyle & Dwyer, 1995) by the suppliers. Another reason is possibly because of the behaviour obtained through possession and control of resources that are valued by the other party. In the case of dealers, although they work independently, non-coercive supports are expected from supplier in delivering the products as expected by the customers. These include the supplier freely offering its expertise, information and assistance that might make the dealers happy and satisfied with existing relationship. This finding validates the earlier study by Boyle and Dwyer (1995), Frazier and Summers (1986), Lee (2001) and Ramasheshan et al. (2006) on the importance of non-coercive uses of power in causing satisfaction in working relationship. They concluded that a partner’s attitude towards another partner is affected by the outcome that results from the behaviour adopted in their relationships. If the suppliers adopt more positive types of behaviour in dealing with their dealers, they may make the dealers feel satisfied with the relationship. IMPLICATIONS FOR SUPPLY PRACTICE

Several implications for implementing uses of power and economic satisfaction blocks result from this study. It has been greatly assumed that harmonious and collaborative efforts among supplier-buyers may be the best way to minimize uncertainty and enhance long-term relationship. From a practical perspective, this study provides a few key implications on how managers in automotive supply in particular can manage their relationship with dealers in an effective way. The business goal is to establish and maintain relationship with the dealers for long-term sales instead of maximizing short-term sales. Relationship marketing helps dealers and suppliers build, develop and keep a continuous process of relationship building. Suppliers and dealers should specifically devote their attention to relationship satisfaction in order to “increase the pie rather than divide the pie”.

Both suppliers and dealers should look for effective relationships in order to maximize their profits, minimize their costs and ultimately lead to the long-term relationship. Obviously, the finding of this study gives an insight to suppliers to carefully use power reinforcement behaviours. Specifically, the use of non-coercive reinforcement has been examined as the necessary antecedent to satisfy dealers for as long as possible. Therefore, suppliers must focus on non-coercive reinforcement behaviours to maintain the existing relationship in order to gain dealers’ economic satisfaction. The dealer’s economic satisfaction with a sustainable channel relationship can then be fostered by continuously using non-coercive power such as freely offering its expertise, providing assistance without requiring specific behaviour in return, sharing of information and giving rewards and benefits as these would increase the dealers’ relationship satisfaction. Providing and assisting the dealers with rewards and information related to automotive industry are very important to increase dealers’ economic satisfaction. The suppliers are thus advised to distribute useful materials to for help their dealers to conduct their businesses effectively.

Even though our results demonstrate the supplier’s use of non-coercive power as significant, this does not mean dealers do not feel or perceive supplier’s use of coercive power. This situation may require the suppliers to use more frequent non-coercive power while avoiding or minimizing the use of coercive power reinforcement on dealers. However, it is inferable that the supplier should avoid application of power in term of withholding information and services that were previously provided, sanction such as delayed delivery, a cancelled order or an added charges on dealers and imposing unilateral actions that damage dealer’s profitability. DIRECTION FOR FUTURE RESEARCH

Although this study has some interesting findings on the consequences of relationship satisfaction, it also has several limitations. The sample of dealers was taken from one industry. Somewhat unique to this

Page 92: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

industry is the fact that it is in a mature stage. This means that majority of the firms are well established, only a few new firms are entering this industry. Consequently, the results of this study could not be generalized to other industries such as agriculture, mining, health and others. Additional research on factors affecting relationship satisfaction should be expanded to different types of industries/sectors such as service (education, health etc.), textiles and clothing, electronics, etc.

Another important limitation is that this analysis was cross-sectional in nature. The nature of data collection was a cross-sectional study whereby the data was collected at one point of time. However, an attempt was made to minimize such problem by using a well-established scale for most constructs, and pre-testing the questionnaire to ensure that there was no perceived overlap between the different variables. Additional research must be done longitudinally in order to assess the impact of determinants and consequences over time. The longitudinal studies would provide valuable input in investigating the impact of channel strategies taken by supplier firms that are aimed at enhancing the degree of economic satisfaction and uses of power. Since the impact the use of power on economic satisfaction has already been demonstrated in this current study, an additional research is needed to fully understand the impact of such issues like opportunism, cooperation, and communication. Further, interpersonal factors in relationship need to consider how these can be used to determine relationship satisfaction. Other aspects of relationship might be complaints handling, response strategies, and loyalty (Emerson, 1962) CONCLUSIONS

One prime conclusion which can be drawn from this study is that the types of power exercised play an instrumental role in fostering or weakening economic satisfaction in supplier-dealer channel relationship. A successful relationship in supplier-dealer channel relationship can be achieved when the non-coercive power rather that coercive power is employed. The use of non-coercive power is a better choice for supplier to foster economic satisfaction among dealers compared to the use of coercive power. The finding gives academicians and managers a much stronger basis than intuition and anecdotes for recommending the wisdom of adopting and implementing relationship-marketing approach. Preferably, the management should take initiative in the way that has been suggested under discussion for the purpose of harmonizing the dealer-supplier relationship. There must be a rightful desire within both the supplier and dealer to understand each other, to feel the importance of the relationship, and arrive at decisions that are acceptable to each party besides working together towards progress of both in terms of specific goals and long-term relationship. The evidence from this study suggests the need for enhancing theories and models relating channel relationships in Malaysia. For this reason, it is hoped that this study will generate some interest among other researchers to examine the issues related to relationship satisfaction in Malaysian channel distribution relationship. REFERENCES Abdul-Muhmin, A. G. (2002). Effects of suppliers' marketing program variables on industrial buyers' relationship satisfaction and commitment. Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 17(7), 637-649. Abdul-Muhmin, A. G. (2005). Instrumental and interpersonal determinants of relationship satisfaction and commitment in industrial markets. Journal of Business Research, 58, 619-628. Andaleeb, S. S. (1996). An experimental investigation of satisfaction and commitment in marketing channels: The role of trust and dependence. Journal of Retailing, 72(1), 77-93. Anderson, J. C., & Narus, J. A. (1984). A model of the distributor's perspective of distributor-manufacturer working relationships. Journal of Marketing, 48(4), 62-74.

Page 93: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Anderson, J. C., & Narus, J. A. (1990). A model of distributor firm and manufacturer firm working partnerships. Journal of Marketing, 54(1), 42-58. Baker, T. L., Simpson, P. M., & Sigauw, J. A. (1999). The impact of suppliers' perceptions of reseller market orientation on key relationship constructs. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science, 27(1), 50-57. Berthon, P., Pitt, L. F., Ewing, M. T., & Bakkeland, G. (2003). Norms and power in marketing relationships: Alternative theories and empirical evidence. Journal of Business Research, 56, 699-709. Biong, H., & Selnes, F. (1995). Relational selling behavior and skills in long-term industrial buyer seller relationships. International Business Review, 4(4), 483-498. Bolton, R. H. (1998). A dynamic model of the duration of the customer's relationship with a continuous service provider: The role of satisfaction. Marketing Science, 17(1), 45-65. Boyle, B. A., & Dwyer, F. R. (1995). Power, bureaucracy, influence, and performance: Their relationships in industrial distribution channels. Journal of Business Research, 32, 189-200. Cannon, J. P., & Perreault Jr., W. D. (1999). Buyer-seller relationships in business markets. Journal of Marketing Research, 36(4), 439-460. Corsten, D., & Kumar, N. (2005). Do suppliers benefit from collaborative relationships with large retailers? An Empirical investigation of efficient consumer response action. Journal of Marketing, 69, 80-94. Crosby, L. A., Evans, K. R., & Cowles, D. (1990). Relationship quality in services selling: An interpersonal influence perspective. Journal of Marketing, 54(3), 68-81. Dahl, R. A. (1957). The concept of power. Behavioral Science, 2(July), 201-205. Doney, P. M., & Cannon, J. P. (1997). An examination of the nature of trust in buyer-seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 61(April), 35-51. Dwyer, F. R. (1980). Channel-member satisfaction: Laboratory insights. Journal of Retailing, 56(2), 45-65. Dwyer, F. R., Schurr, P. H., & Oh, S. (1987). Developing buyer-seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 51(April), 11-28. El-Ansary, A. I., & Stern, L. W. (1972). Power measurement in the distribution channel. Journal of Marketing Research, 9, (February), 47-52. Emerson, R. M. (1962). Power-dependence relations. American Sociological Review, 27(February), 31-41. Etgar, M. (1976). Channel domination and countervailing power in distribution channels. Journal of Marketing Research, 13, 254-262. Frazier, G. L., & Rody, R. C. (1991). The use of influence strategies in interfirm relationships in industrial product channels. Journal of Marketing, 55(January), 52-69.

Page 94: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Frazier, G. L., & Summers, J. O. (1986). Perceptions of interfirm power and its use within a franchise channel of distribution. Journal of Marketing Research, 23(2), 169-176. French, J. R., & Raven, B. H. (1959). The basis of social power. In D. Cartwrigth (Ed.), Studies in Social power. Ann Arbor, MI: University of Michigan Press. Ganesan, S. (1994). Determinants of long-term orientation in buyer-seller relationships. Journal of Marketing, 58(2), 1-19. Gaski, J. F., & Nevin, J. R. (1985). The differential effects of exercised and unexercised power sources. Journal of Marketing Research, 22, 130-142. Gassenheimer, J. B., & Ramsey, R. (1994). The impact of dependence on dealer satisfaction: A comparison of reseller-supplier relationships. Journal of Retailing, 70(3), 253-266. Geyskens, I., & Steenkamp, J. B. (2000). Economic and social satisfaction: Measurement and relevance to marketing channel relationships. Journal of Retailing, 76(1), 11-32. Geyskens, I., Steenkamp, J. B., & Kumar, N. (1999). A meta-analysis of satisfaction in marketing channel relationships. Journal of Marketing Research, 36(2), 223-238. Gummesson, E. (1994). Making relationship marketing operational. International Journal of Service Industry Management, 5(5), 5-20. Homburg, C., & Rudolph, B. (2001). Customer satisfaction in industrial markets: Dimensional and multiple role issues. Journal of Business Research, 52, 15-33. Howell, R. D. (1987). Covariance structure modeling and measurement issues: A note on interrelations among a channel entity's power source. Journal of Marketing Research, 119-126. Jap, S. D., & Ganesan, S. (2000). Control mechanisms and the relationship life cycle: Implications for safeguarding specific investments and developing commitment. Journal of Marketing Research(May), 227-245. Johanson, J., Hallen, L., & Seyed-Mohamed, N. (1991). Interfirm adaptation in business relationships. Journal of Marketing, 55(2), 29-37. Jonsson, P., & Zineldin, M. (2003). Achieving high satisfaction in supplier-dealer working relationships. Supply Chain Management, 8(3), 224-240. Kumar, N., Scheer, L., & Steenkamp, J. B. (1995). The effects of supplier fairness on vulnerable resellers. Journal of Marketing Research, 32(1), 54-65. Lee, D. Y. (2001). Power, conflict, and satisfaction in IJV supplier-Chinese distributor channels. Journal of Business Research, 52, 149-160. Leonidou, L. C., Palihawadana, D., & Theodosiou, M. (2006). An integrated model of the behavioural dimensions of industrial buyer-seller relationships. European Journal of Marketing, 40(1/2), 145-173. Lewis, M. C., & Lambert, D. M. (1991). A model of channel member performance, dependence and satisfaction. Journal of Retailing, 67(2), 205-225.

Page 95: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Mallen, B. (1963). A theory of retailer-supplier conflict, control and cooperation. Journal of Retailing, 39(Summer), 24-32 and 51. Morgan, H., & Hunt, S. D. (1994). The commitment-trust theory of relationship marketing. Journal of Marketing, 58(3), 20-38. Palmatier, R. W., Dant, R. P., Grewal, D., & Evans, K. R. (2006). Factors influencing the effectiveness of relationship marketing: A meta-analysis. Journal of Marketing, 70(October), 136-153. Parvatiyar, A., & Sheth, J. N. (Eds.). (2000). The domain and conceptual foundations of relationship marketing. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage. Payan, J. M., & McFarland, R. G. (2005). The effects of influence strategies and dependence on satisfaction: Does trust mediate these relationships? Journal of Marketing Channels, 13(1), 3-20. Ramaseshan, B., Yip, L. S. C., & Pae, J. H. (2006). Power, satisfaction, and relationship commitment in Chinese store-tenant relationship and their impact on performance. Journal of Retailing, 82(1), 63-70. Rodriguez, I. R., Agudo, J. C., & Gutierrez, H. S. M. (2006). Determinants of economic and social satisfaction in manufacturer-distributor relationships. Industrial Marketing Management, 35, 666-675. Roslin, R. M., & Melewar, T. C. (2004). Linking practices reflective of "Asian values" and relationship marketing in the grocery distribution channels in Malaysia. International Journal of Retail & Distribution Management, 32(1), 33-44. Rossomme, J. (2003). Customer satisfaction measurement in a business-to-business context: A conceptual framework. Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 18(2), 179-195. Sahadev, S., & Jayachandran, C. (2004). Managing the distribution channels for high-technology products. European Journal of Marketing, 38(1/2), 121-149. Scheer, L. K., & Stern, L. W. (1992). The effect of influence type and performance outcome on attitude toward the influencer. Journal of Marketing Research, 29(February), 128-142. Selnes, F. (1998). Antecedents and consequences of trust and satisfaction in buyer-seller relationships. European Journal of Marketing, 32(3/4), 305-322. Skinner, S. J., Gassenheimer, J. B., & Kelley, S. W. (1992). Cooperation in supplier-dealer relations. Journal of Retailing, 68(2), 174-193. Smith, J. B., & Barclay, D. W. (1997). The effects of organizational differences and trust on the effectiveness of selling partner relationships. Journal of Marketing, 61, 3-21. Stern, L. W., El-Ansary, A. I., & Coughan, A. T. (1996). Marketing Channels. Upper Saddler river, NJ: Prentice Hall. Theng-Lau, G., & Goh, M. (2005). Buyer-seller relationship in PCB industry. Supply Chain Management: An International Journal, 10(4), 302-312. Tikkanen, H., & Alajoutsijarvi, K. (2002). Customer satisfaction in industrial markets: Opening up the concept. Journal of Business & Industrial Marketing, 17(1), 25-42.

Page 96: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Business Ethics: Exploring the Differences About Perceptions of Business Ethics Among Selected Turkish Financial Specialists

Emrah Cengiz

Istanbul University

Murat Ferman Isik University

Irfan Akyuz

Istanbul University

In a rapidly changing global competition environment regarding business management, professionals distinguished the importance of the question “how” as well as the question “why”. This clarification provides the professionals with a point of view that ethics do not form a part of business but business itself has become a part of ethical issues. The main purpose of this study is to examine the employee’s attitudes towards business ethics for exploring the diversities in the financial sector. Our results indicate that the significant diversities in financial sector depend on not only the demographics but also the employee’s position, department and working experience. INTRODUCTION

In order to shed a light to the dynamics of the business world and to have a deeper vision and perspective of the new business era and to shape a “better” business environment; researchers, scholars and practitioners had worked on the results of global economic crisis in 2008. The word “better” implies the concept of “being more ethical” as the roots of the global crisis based on “unethical implications”. From this perspective, this paper aims to emphasize on the understanding of the attitudes towards business ethics particularly in finance sector.

Another motive of this study of business ethics in finance sector is generated from the results of Bernardi’s et. al. (2008) interesting work which compared the accounting, finance and marketing disciplines’ ethics research publications and revealed that the finance discipline was lacking ethics research when compared to the two other disciplines. So this study also aims to provide some cues not only for marketing literature but also for finance discipline.

This study aims to examine the employees’ attitudes towards business ethics issues in order to explore the diversities in the financial sector. The originality of this study comes from its being one of the limited number of studies in business ethics literature on which there is little evidence of research in Turkey. For this purpose, ATBEQ was conducted through drop-off survey technique on 401 financial specialists in Istanbul, Turkey.

Page 97: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

BUSINESS ETHICS & BUSINESS ETHICS RESEARCH

Marshall (1999) defined ethics as “…guidelines to influence human social behavior in a manner intended to protect and fulfill the rights of individuals in a society” whereas Krishnan & Sulphey (2009) describes the concept as “…the methodical and systematic elaboration of norms and values that appeal to in the day to day activities of any organization.” Ferrell et. al. (1989) summarize the definitions of ethics as “…as meaning the study and philosophy of human conduct with an emphasis on the determination of right or wrong”. As seen from the definitions brought to the ethics concept, although there may be some variations in the definitions, the main idea focuses on: “doing the right thing”.

The literature review shows that not only the definition of ethics varies but also this diversification is seen on the contexts and findings of the studies. One of the remarkable studies (Loe et. al.; 2000) on business ethics concept and its research antecedents summarizes these antecedents as “the most comprehensively examined variables…include gender, moral philosophy, education and work experience (individual factors), culture and climate, codes of ethics (organizational factors), awareness, rewards and sanctions, and significant others (organizational factors)”.

In business ethics literature two approaches prominence the research: conceptual and empirical. Also, empirical studies can be categorized as scenario based techniques and item based survey techniques (e. g. ATBEQ). Moreover, the findings of the studies are inconclusive. For instance, one study concludes the importance of the impact of gender on business ethics whereas the other one finds the opposite. In other words, “…the bulk of studies either determined no significant gender differences or found females tend to be more ethically sensitive than males” (Loe et. al., 2000). Although, the existence of cultural, conceptual and methodological differences cannot be denied; these determinations mentioned above are still important in order to understand the business ethics research from a vast perspective.

Despite of the variations in the results of different studies conducted on miscellaneous samples and cultures on business ethics, the importance of business ethics concept and implications gain more and more importance in the new business era no matter what the business industry is. As Karande et. al. (2000) noted; “…in this age of faster diffusion of management practices due to advancement in technology and increased mobility of managers, the discrepancies in ethical standards between countries might narrow down faster than one might expect”.

Despite of the facts mentioned above that makes it a hard area of research for scholars and practitioners; “…ethical standards and practices that establish trust are necessary to conduct of business at both the macro and micro level. Without trust, relationships do not develop, and exchange process ceases.” (Loe et. al.; 2000).

As ATBEQ is a scale that is developed to measure the attitudes towards business ethics, it will be useful to describe what an attitude towards business ethics is. A useful explanation of this terms was made by Preble and Reichel in 1988, in which they describe those attitudes as “reflecting the subjective assessment by a given individual with respect to sets of premises which make up various business philosophies” (Preble & Reichel, 1988). After its first application in Preble and Reichel’s (1988) pioneering study; ATBEQ (Attitudes Towards Business Ethics Questionnaire) was utilized in numerous studies (e. g. Moore and Radloff, 1996; Etheredge, 1999).

Reviewing the ATBEQ literature, it can be said that the studies mostly focused on student samples (e. g. Preble and Reichel, 1988; Sims and Gegez, 2004). Despite of the very limited number, there are some other studies conducted on non-student samples (e. g. Chai and Lung, 2010). Another frequently applied focus of the ethics studies was comparing the results of ATBEQ scores of past studies and cross-cultural studies (e. g. Moore and Radloff, 1988; Lin, 1999) The current study focuses on a non-student sample and on a specific sector as finance which is believed to bring a new perspective to the issue.

Page 98: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

METHODOLOGY Sampling & Data Collection

The purpose of the study is to examine the employees’ attitudes towards business ethics for exploring the diversities in the financial sector in Turkey. Sample was selected from financial specialists’ living in Istanbul. In this research, quota sampling which is one of the non-probability sampling techniques, was used in the selection of the financial institutions as banking, insurance companies and participation banks. For filling quotas, convenience sampling technique was applied.

Data were gathered via drop-off surveys during June 2011. 200 surveys were sent to the financial institutions simultaneously. Response rates showed differences according to the institution type (bank specialists’ rate =%56,5 (113); participation bank specialists’ rate =%64 (128) and insurance specialists’ rate = %75,5). Totally 401 completed surveys were achieved. (The sample’s characteristics may be seen on Table 1). Because of the missing values, sums of columns are not equal to 100%.

TABLE 1 SAMPLE CHARACTERISTICS

Group Frequency Percent Gender Male 218 55,6 Female 164 41,8

Age 19-25 94 23,4 26-32 164 40,9 33-39 69 17,2 40 or older 55 13,7 Marital Status Married 186 46,4 Single 196 48,9 Education Level High School or less 82 20,3 Uni.or advanced 308 76,9 Firm Type Bank 113 28,2 Participation Bank 128 31,9 Insurance 151 37,7 Working Experience 0-4 years 152 37,9 5-9 years 92 22,9 10 or more years 137 34,2 Department Marketing 167 41,6 Finance-Acc. 97 24,2 Other 106 26,4 Position Manager 149 37,2 Employee 241 60,1 Income(monthly)* Less 1000TL. 74 18,5 1000-1999TL. 168 41,9 2000-2999TL. 66 16,5 3000-3999TL. 26 6,5 4000-4999TL. 12 3,0 5000-5999TL. 17 4,2 6000TL.or over 16 4,0 *(TL = Turkish Lira) and $1 was equal to approximately 1,79 TL.

Page 99: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Research Design Before preparing and applying the survey, the original ATBEQ scale was back translated by two

bilingual academicians. A pre-test was conducted on 30 MBA students of Istanbul University, Business Administration Department. According to the results of the pre-test, some minor editing was applied. Final questionnaire form was formed of 2 parts which that included 39 questions. The first part included questions measuring the employees’ attitudes towards business ethics on a 5 point likert-type scale (ranging from 1: strongly disagree and 5: strongly agree). Second part of the questionnaire included questions aiming to explore the employees’ demographic characteristics regarding gender, age, income, marital status, education level, firm type, working experience, department and position.

One of the reasons that add up originality to the current study is the non-student characteristic of the sample. In order to realize the main purpose of this study, which is to examine the employees’ attitudes towards business ethics in order to explore the diversities in the financial sector, ANOVA and t-test were applied. Findings

First of all, in order to test the internal consistency of the data, reliability analysis was conducted. The Cronbach’s Alpha score achieved for the ATBEQ was α=0.702. The minimum value of Alpha coefficient is expected to be 0.6 on exploratory research, while the minimum value of it is expected to be 0.7 for descriptive ones (Hair et. al., 1998). The level of internal consistency of this study is found to be satisfactory. Gender

According to the Paired Samples t-test results, 4 significant differences, regarding Q5, Q11, Q18 and Q28 were found at 0,05 probability level as may be seen on Table 2.

TABLE 2 INDEPENDENT SAMPLE T-TEST RESULTS (GENDER)

Paired Sample t-Test Mean

t Sig. (2-tailed) Male Female

Q5 2,282 ,023 3,52 3,79

Q11 2,109 ,036 2,68 2,98

Q18 -2,696 ,007 4,28 3,97

Q28 2,838 ,005 1,86 2,22

The results imply that financial specialists’ gender characteristic has a very limited significance as a

differentiation source for attitudes towards business ethics. In other words, males’ and females’ ethical attitudes were found to be similar. (Figure 1)

These findings support Ergeneli and Arikan (2002) and Lung and Chai (2010) studies which found no significant gender-related differences in terms of ethical behavior. On the other hand, both Ekin and Tezolmez (1999) and Akaah’s (1989) studies revealed that gender differs significantly in terms of ethical attitudes and also females’ ethics score was found to be greater than males. Present study does not support these results especially for Q18.

Page 100: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

FIGURE 1 ATBEQ MEANS BY GENDER

Male : - - - , Female : ---

Age

ANOVA was conducted for investigating the differences between age groups. 9 significant differences were found regarding Q1, Q3, Q9, Q13, Q14, Q16, Q17 as can be seen on Table 3.

TABLE 3 ANOVA RESULTS FOR DIFFERENT AGE GROUPS

Ages ( LCD Results)

N Mean Std.

Deviation Q1 19-25 94 2,2340 1,24801

26-32 (40 or Above)* 164 2,4512 1,41119

33-39 (40 or Above)* 68 2,1029 1,27126

40 or above 55 1,8545 1,16139

Q3 19-25 (26-32)*, (33-39)*, (40 or Above)*

94 3,2979 1,26005

26-32 163 2,9571 1,23403

33-39 67 2,7164 1,31202

40 or above 53 2,8113 1,38754 Q9 19-25 (33-39)*, (40 or Above)* 94 2,2234 1,27974

26-32 (40 or Above)* 163 2,0429 1,21386

33-39 69 1,7101 1,03044

40 or above 54 1,8519 1,10586

Page 101: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Q13 19-25 (33-39)*, (40 or Above)* 94 2,7979 1,49968

26-32 (40 or Above)* 164 2,7073 1,44416

33-39 69 2,3188 1,46018

40 or above 54 1,9630 1,34533 Q14 19-25 (33-39)*, (40 or Above)* 94 1,7128 1,22362

26-32 (33-39)* 164 1,5122 1,09370

33-39 69 1,2029 ,60827

40 or above 54 1,2778 ,85598 Q16 19-25 (33-39)*, (40 or Above)* 94 1,8191 1,31135

26-32 (33-39)* 164 1,6524 1,06012

33-39 69 1,3478 ,88826

40 or above 55 1,3455 ,88649

Q17 19-25(26-32)*, (33-39)*, (40 or Above)*

93 3,3548 1,33225

26-32 (33-39)* 163 3,0000 1,31937

33-39 69 2,6812 1,49993

40 or above 55 2,8364 1,43712

Q23 19-25 (26-32)*, (33-39)*, (40 or Above)*

94 4,1915 1,10984

26-32 (33-39)* 164 3,6707 1,32048

33-39 69 3,1449 1,44787

40 or above 54 3,2778 1,44610

Q25 19-25 (40 or Above)* 94 3,5532 1,29197

26-32 (40 or Above)* 164 3,3963 1,29945

33-39 69 3,2754 1,30479

40 or above 52 2,9038 1,37569

* : significant at 0,05 level. According to the results, those employees aged between 19-25 and 26-32 did show higher mean values than the other age groups 33-39 and 40 or above ages for 9 variables.

Working Experience

As presented on Table 4, there are 7 differences regarding the working experience groups in terms of Q2, Q4, Q11, Q13, Q16, Q17 and Q23. The employees, who have working experience between 0-4 years, have higher mean values than older ones’ except for Q11. ANOVA results of age and working experience show that younger and less experienced employees have more positive mean scores regarding the questions measuring the attitudes towards business ethics. But in general, other variables do not support this situation similar as the results of Ekin and Tezolmez’s (1999) study.

Results of the ATBEQ scale regarding age and working experience also showed differences in terms of a few variables. These findings seem to be supporting the study of Krishnan and Sulphey’s (2009) who found no significant differences in demographics. On the other hand, Ergeneli and Arikan’s (2002) results were parallel to the results of this study in which they found that younger ones were more sensitive toward ethical issues. Surprisingly, present study has a little empirical support as older ones’ can also be sensitive, too.

Page 102: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 4 ANOVA RESULTS BY WORKING EXPERIENCE

Working Years ( LCD Results)

N Mean Std. Deviation

Q2 0-4 Year (5-9 Year)* 152 2,8092 1,30579

5-9 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 92 2,2935 1,37112

10 Year Or Above 136 2,7132 1,58188 Q4 0-4 Year (5-9 Year)* 152 3,2829 1,29910

5-9 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 92 2,7935 1,26263

10 Year Or Above 137 3,4088 1,35882

Q11 0-4 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 152 2,7237 1,29797

5-9 Year(10 Year Or Above)* 90 2,5222 1,32587

10 Year Or Above 135 3,0963 1,43970 Q13 0-4 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 152 2,7895 1,45862

5-9 Year 92 2,5652 1,46988

10 Year Or Above 136 2,2647 1,43623

Q16 0-4 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 152 1,7697 1,20962

5-9 Year 92 1,5109 1,01087

10 Year Or Above 137 1,4453 ,96953

Q17 0-4 Year (10 Year Or Above)* 150 3,1867 1,28171

5-9 Year 92 3,0435 1,35803

10 Year Or Above 137 2,7737 1,49505

Q23 0-4 Year (10 Year Or Above)*(5-9 Year)*

151 3,9470 1,17637

5-9 Year 92 3,5870 1,41540

10 Year Or Above 137 3,3577 1,45893

•: significant at 0,05 level Firm Type

This study was conducted on only finance sub-sector firms employees’ as banks, participation banks and insurance companies and there were significant differences in reported attitudes towards business ethics for 7 of the 30 ATBEQ variables which are Q3, Q5, Q11, Q12, Q15, Q16 and Q28. Insurance companies’ employees’ mean scores regarding 5 of these 7 items were found to be greater than banks and participation banks. These findings were unexpected as the participation banks in Turkey are known to be more conservative when compared to the other financial institutions. Due to this property of the participation banks, employees of these institutions were expected to show higher scores of attitudes towards business ethics.

Page 103: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 5 ANOVA RESULTS BY FIRM TYPE

Firm Type ( LCD Results)

N Mean Std. Deviation

Q3 Bank 108 2,7778 1,24805 Participation Bank 128 2,7734 1,19852 Insurance (Bank&Participation Banks)*

151 3,3444 1,32185

Q5 Bank 112 3,6250 1,16344 Participation Bank 128 3,4688 ,91305 Insurance (Participation Banks)* 150 3,7933 1,19449

Q11 Bank 111 2,7207 1,44078 Participation Bank 128 2,5000 1,17050 Insurance (Bank&Participation Banks)*

149 3,1342 1,39331

Q12 Bank 112 2,8929 1,29000 Participation Bank (Bank)* 127 3,2598 1,12131 Insurance 150 3,1933 1,29892

Q15 Bank 112 1,4018 ,88491 Participation Bank (Bank&Insurance)*

128 1,7422 1,05924

Insurance 150 1,4867 1,02804

Q16 Bank (Insurance&Participation Banks)*

113 1,3805 ,83792

Participation Bank 128 1,8281 1,18461 Insurance 151 1,6556 1,22772

Q28 Bank (Insurance&Participation Banks)*

112 1,7768 1,01084

Participation Bank 128 2,1250 1,23594 Insurance 150 2,1267 1,33259

*: significant at 0,05 level Other Demographics Results

The ANOVA and t-test results propose that respondents do not show statistically significant differences on ATBEQ items in terms of income, position or department. On the other hand, according to the marital status and education, some significant differences were found with t-test results as can be seen on Table 6.

Mitchell et al. (1992) mentioned that: “….knowledge of ethical problems and the perceived seriousness of ethical problems may be influenced by place in organizational hierarchy”. Fritzche (1988) also stated that: “…there is reason to believe that the ethical behavior of managers may improve as they climb the management ladder”. The current study does not support these statements as no significant differences were found in terms of income, position or department.

Page 104: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

TABLE 6 T-TEST RESULTS BY EDUCATION & MARITAL STATUS

Paired Sample t-Test Mean

t Sig. (2-tailed) High School or Less Uni. Or Adv.

Q11 3,331 ,001 3,24 2,68

Q13 -1,958 ,050 2,27 2,62

Q15 -1,981 ,048 1,35 1,60

Q20 2,675 ,008 3,43 3,01

Q25 2,903 ,004 3,73 3,26

Mean

Single Married

Q13 3,314 ,002 2,78 2,31

Q17 2,987 ,003 3,21 2,78

Q23 3,272 ,001 3,86 3,41

Although only 5 of 30 ATBEQ items showed differences for financial specialists’ education level, the results are inconclusive. As Lung and Chai (2010) noted that “…individuals with higher level of education tend to be more ethical because when they go through formal education, they have more resources in hand to make judgments about ethical behavior”. In Turkish sample education level produced different results for different education levels.

This study’s most interesting finding was the significant differences for 3 of 30 ATBEQ items among marital status groups as there is little evidence on this issue in literature. This finding refers that, marital status may be conceived in business ethics studies in Turkey, because Turkish family structure can play an important role, especially for business ethics. Not only age or work experience, but also marital status may be analyzed in order to understanding individuals’ ethics perceptions profoundly. CONCLUSION

Business ethics has become crucial for whole stakeholders of the business life, especially in the 21st century and in the new business era as business life depends on “trust” and “trust” depends on ethics. In this context, researching the business ethics is not only important but also vital for both business professionals and academics for preventing the crisis and controlling the business life with a broad perspective.

Financial institutions need to be investigated more than ever, because of the effects of 2008 global economic crisis. Despite the limited amount of empirical support for the financial specialists’ attitudes towards business ethics; this study still creates a basis for future ethics studies especially for Turkey. For this reason, it may be concluded that this research may be defined as explanatory rather than descriptive. Also, generality of the research findings are limited due to the size and technique of the sampling as a result of time and budget restrictions. However, this study may serve as a first step for a larger study of business ethics in Turkey.

This study has some implications for the future research. First of all, ATBEQ can be conducted to other financial institutions (i. e. public banks) and further researcher can focus on “panel studies” in order to explore the attitudes towards business ethics issues in Turkey. In other words, ATBEQ may be

Page 105: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

conducted to many other non-student samples. Also, item-based survey techniques and scenario-based techniques may be unified and used together instead of utilizing them separately. LIMITATIONS

There are limitations to this study. Only three financial institutions were included in the research and respondents were recruited only in Istanbul. One of the non-probability sampling techniques was used. Therefore the results are valid for the sample and are not representative of the whole population. REFERENCES Akaah, I.P. (1989). Differences in Research Ethics Judgments Between Male and Female Marketing Professionals. Journal of Business Ethics, 8, (5), 375-381. Cengiz, E., Selim, Y. & Erdal, M. (2010). Ethical Perception from Students’ Perspective: Understanding Instructors’ Effect on Students’ Ethical Sensitivity in Personal Selling. Journal of Leadership, Accountability & Ethics, 8, (2), 41-50. Chai, L.T. & Lung, C.K. (2010). Attitude towards Business Ethics: Examining the Influence of Religiosity, Gender and Education Levels. International Journal of Marketing Studies, 2, (1), 225-232. Cox, P.L., Friedman, B.A. & Edwards, A.L. (2009). Enron: The Smartest Guys in the Room—Using the Enron Film to Examine Student Attitudes towards Business Ethics. Institute of Behavioral and Applied Management, 263-290. Ekin, M.G.S. & Tezolmez, S.H. (1999). Business Ethics in Turkey: An Empirical Investigation with Special Emphasis on Gender. Journal of Business Ethics, 18, (1), 17-34. Ergeneli, A. & Arikan, S. (2002). Gender Differences in Ethical Perceptions of Salespeople: An Empirical Examination in Turkey. Journal of Business Ethics, 40, (3), 247-260. Etheredge, J.M. (1999). The Perceived Role of Ethics and Social Responsibility: An Alternative Scale Structure. Journal of Business Ethics, 18, (1), 51-64. Ferrell, O.C., Gresham, L.G. & Fradrich J. (1989). A Synthesis of Ethical Decision Models for Marketing. Journal of Macromarketing, Fall, 1989, 55-64. Fritzche, D.J. (1988). An Examination of Marketing Ethics: Role of the Decision Maker, Consequences of the Decision, Management Position, and Sex of the Respondent. Journal of Macromarketing, 8, (2), 29-39. Hair, J.F., Tatham, R.L, Anderson, R.E. & Black, W. (1998). Multivariate Data Analysis, Prentice Hall. Karande, K., Shankarmahesh, M., Rao, C.P. & Rashid, Z. (2000). Perceived Moral Intensity, Ethical Perception, and Ethical Intention of American and Malaysian Managers: A Comparative Study. International Business Review, 9, 37-59. Krishnan, A.R. & Sulphey, M.M. (2009). Does Cadre Difference and Certain Demographics Factors Influence Ethical Orientation: A Study among Bank Personnel. Saaransh: RKG Journal of Management, 1,(1), 60-63.

Page 106: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Lin, C.Y.Y. (1999). A Comparison of Perceptions about Business Ethics in Four Countries. The Journal of Psychology, 133, (6), 641. 655. Loe, T.W., Ferrell, L. & Mansfield, P. (2000). A Review of Empirical Studies Assessing Ethical Decision Making in Business. Journal of Business Ethics, 25, (3), 185-204. Marshall, K.P. (1999). Has Technology Introduced New Ethical Problems?. Journal of Business Ethics, 19, (1), 91-97. Mitchell, W.J., Lewis, P.V. & Reinsch, N.L. (1992). Bank Ethics: An Exploratory Study of Ethical Behaviors and Perceptions in Small, Local Banks. Journal of Business Ethics, 11, (3), 197-205. Moore, R.S. & Radloff, S.E. (1996). Attitudes towards Business Ethics Held by South African Students. Journal of Business Ethics, 15, (8), 863-869. Preble, J.F. & Reichel, A. (1988). Attitudes towards Business Ethics of Future Managers in the U.S. and Israel. Journal of Business Ethics, 7, (12), 941-949. Sims, R.L. & Gegez, A.E. (2004). Attitudes towards Business Ethics: A Five Nation Comparative Study. Journal of Business Ethics, 50, (3), 253-265. Small, M.W. (1992). Attitudes towards Business Ethics Held by Western Australian Students: A Comparative Study. Journal of Business Ethics, 11, (10), 745-752.

Page 107: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Life-Span Concept - Modern Marketing Technique

Devadatta Ranade Pune University, Maharashtra - India

The paper is a thematic paper on the product life cycle concept. This paper adds innovative ideas as new concepts in addition with the traditional concepts of product life cycle. This article explains modern marketing techniques as a combined effort to achieve and equilibrium between product life cycle and users’ life span as an integral part of marketing technique. Concept of users life span is derived with the stages of product life cycle as a matching consideration. Therefore, we can conclude that the PLC and ULS are the stages of Introduction, Growth, Maturity and Decline as well as the stages of Idea, Thinking, Decision and Purchasing.

Product Life Cycle Users Life Span Introduction Idea Growth Thinking Maturity Decision Decline Purchasing

INTRODUCTION

The global competition has forced the marketers to divert their attention towards the prime factor as user life span. The Users’ Life Span (ULS) is the psychological situation and circumstances when consumers make the important purchase of a specific product. The principal underlying the ULS is -when the time span of both i.e. product and the users matches each other, only then the final decision to purchase the product by a consumer exists. Therefore, it is vital for the global marketers to identify the stage that is going through the generic category of the product.

The manufacturer should try to find new uses for old products, or improve them in terms of functionality and aesthetics. The product should deliver the expected benefits to the customer without any defects. These can be various types of features, such as ease of use, durability, aesthetic appearance, manner of operation, ease of repair and so on. These and other features make up the quality of the product that marketers need to constantly improve, because the competition is doing the same thing. In each product strategy, in addition to modification of products, consider the problem of innovation. Innovation strategies, with relative stability and strength of competitive advantage, are the most spectacular product strategies. (Sahoo, A (2006), “Life cycle Management Strategies”, Business Insights Ltd, London, pp. 1-6).

The initial 4 P’s (Product, Price, Place and Promotion) along with the additional 3 P’s (People, Process, Physical Evidence), no doubt, played an important role in establishing the marketing mix concept useful and practical for global enterprises.

Page 108: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Moreover, 4 C’s (Customer solution, Customer cost, Customer convenience, Customer communication) also consider about the aspect of consumers.

These approaches stressed prime consideration to marketer and secondary consideration to user (Francois, V. (2010), “Product lifecycle management: geometric variations”, London: I S T E, pp. 1-3).

GRAPH 1 SALES AND PROFIT – PATTERN & TIME – INTRODUCTION

IMPLICATIONS OF USERS’ LIFE CYCLE OF A PRODUCT

The course of the product life cycle determines the nature of the product, technical progress, product acceptance by the market, the ease of entering a competitive market for new products. Sometimes many products are placed in the market, knowing that their life cycle will last for relatively short time, i.e. one year or just one season.

The Product Life Cycle (PLC) and the Users Life Cycle (ULS) are important for the marketers such they are comprised of the four stages. The life span of the user has four sections such as Idea, Thinking, Decision and Purchasing. Therefore, we can say that the ULS of the product is the longer while the mark is shorter (Immonen, A. (2008), “Product lifecycle management”, Springer, pp. 1-10).

The ULS is very crucial for the marketers as it us about the consumers decision making factors that the customers keep in mind while choosing or purchasing any certain product. The evaluation of the ULS strongly considers the sales and profits. The duration of the life span cycle is not stable, so it may vary in any phase. The internal and the external competitive factors also affect the ULS followed by firms competing in the market. Additionally, it has observed across the globe by various marketers that the behavior of sales of the most innovative products shows a progressive short life span, specifically at the phases of growth and the introduction (Anselmi, I. (2008), “Product Lifecycle Management”, Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, pp. 1-15).

Page 109: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

The first phase of the Users Life Cycle is period of moderate growth for the new product which is gradually introduced to the market. During this period, the first customers are pioneers, and competition is sluggish.

The costs involved in the launch of the product are often higher than the benefits obtained. (Malcolm, M. (2007), “Marketing in a nutshell: key concepts for non-specialists”, Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 10-20)

The second phase of the Users Life Cycle is characterized by a growth in sales of the product with a favorable word of mouth brings in new customers. New competitors also come into the market, attracted by the possibilities for development (which may even be beneficial for the product). During this phase, marketers must try to support growth as long as possible by improving product quality, expanding its range to reach more customers, increasing distribution, continuing communication campaigns and gradually lowering prices (Stark, J. (2007), “Global product strategy, product lifecycle management and the billion customer question”, London: Springer, pp. 1-8).

A slower pace of sales of the product characterizes the third phase of the Users’ Life Cycle: it has reached maturity. Moreover, competition is fierce than in previous stages, the company must reduce its price. This is a longer phase than the previous two. The most common products are mature and must be creative to keep customers and attract new customers.

In the fourth phase of the Users Life Cycle, many products and brands experience a decline phase characterized by a collapse in sales. This phase may be more or less fast (it is extremely fast for gadgets, for example). This is the phase of decline due to several factors such as technological breakthrough, changes in tastes or habits, the arrival of foreign products cheaper etc. The company may decide to withdraw from the market or maintain the product on the market. The marketing manager must ensure to boost sales of the product. For this, we must

Invest to upgrade the product in order to retain customers (Day, G. (1981), “The Product Life Cycle: Analysis and Applications Issues”, Journal of Marketing v.45 pp. 1-5).

FIGURE 1 STAGES OF PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE – INTRODUCTION

Page 110: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

SIGNIFICANCE OF THE LIFE – SPAN CONCEPT IN MARKETING MANAGEMENT

Marketing is primarily interested in the life cycle of the product in the market. Product life cycle is the lifetime of the product in the market. The concept of life cycle is because others eventually replace any product from the market, or more perfect and cheap goods. There may be long-lived products.

Phase of the life cycle, usually divided into introduction, growth, maturity, saturation and decline. When we talk about the life cycle, we mean the following:

(1) The life of the goods is limited, (2) Sales of the product involves several steps, each of which is characterized by specific challenges, opportunities and challenges (3) At different stages of life cycle profit, which brings goods, varies, (4) Each stage of the life cycle requires a special approach to strategy in marketing, finance, production, marketing and personnel management. Life cycle of most products can be graphically represented as a bell-shaped curve (Louis E. (2010), “Contemporary marketing”, Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning, pp. 1-9)

Ultimately, the users’ life span of purchasing the product expires during the time lag of decision and execution. Life span is the key factor, which must be considered within the limitations of PLC and ULS.

The issue of life cycle is essential for the expansion of the company and for his situation. Accurate assessment of the phase of the cycle for the product determines the choice of strategy.

For every phase, it requires a different, adaptive marketing strategy. The products have a limited lifetime. Various measures are necessary for marketing strategy tailored to the phase of the cycle. The management of the company must be capable of flexible response depending on the location of the product on the market. The key to the rational decisions of entry or continued functioning of the sector is to define the main factors of success (Kristiaan, H. (1998), “Global marketing management”, New York: J. Wiley, pp. 1-5). To achieve success in the future, marketers use three basic methods of analysis:

1. Assessment of the minimum required earnings, the decision placed in the context of the worst and most rapid change, which may be expected based on previous experience in the sector.

2. Analysis of ground-assumed to base their decisions on events that have already occurred and which are likely to have a major impact on future operating conditions.

3. Analysis of trends GRAPH 2

SALES AND PROFIT FOR PRODCUT STAGES

Page 111: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE AND MODERN MARKETING TECHNIQUES

The effectiveness of marketing activities will be largely dependent on recognition of the needs of customers from their universality and intensity. It is necessary, and the need to satisfy them is in fact the main driver of customer purchasing activity (Kotler, P. (2012), "Product Life Cycle (PLC) Analysis", SAGE Reference Online, pp. 1-6).

To build effective marketing strategies, it is necessary to gather information about competitors and their strategies. Consider the most important information about pricing policies, development plans, strategies, costs, promotion policy, sales policy and implementation of new products.

Considering marketing techniques, a proper attention towards a prime factor as life span is necessary. Conceptual theory in this regards can be a new approach in addition to the previous, which simultaneously emphasizes the consideration of both factors of market as Manufacturer/Marketer and Customer/User. Life Span Theory should develop this concept with equal balance between manufacturer/marketer and consumer/user as combined part of market mechanism. Simultaneous Thinking -about “Marketers & Users”- should developed as two sides of a single coin for coping up with modern marketing technique in global scenario (Cant, M. (2006), “Marketing management”, Cape Town, South Africa: Juta, pp. 1-11).

FIGURE 2 STAGES OF PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE DESCRIPTIVE

Page 112: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

An important problem in the production is to consider the range of products and their brands. Range is a set of products offered to the purchaser by the manufacturer. The company may offer one or more types of products (narrow range) or a range of products (wide range), may also offer one (tile range) or number of variations of the product (deep range). The company should at the same time, and sell several products in various stages of product life cycle because this reduces the risk of introducing new products. In the case of a single product or narrow and shallow assortments, company can count only on a limited number of buyers (Armstrong, G. (2009), “Marketing: an introduction”, Prentice Hall, pp. 1-10). Wide and deep assortment allows marketer to adjust to the needs and characteristics of many buyers and different market segments (Stark, J. (2007), “Global product strategy, product lifecycle management and the billion customer question”, London: Springer, c-15).

However, this increased production costs and maintaining large inventories. We must therefore find the right strategy between the narrow and shallow, and broad and deep assortment. Quality improvement may increase the duration, reliability or security product or the consumer durable nutrient capacity, etc .But an increase in quality is, generally, an increase of cost that the consumer is only willing to pay if he receives or product improvement is more demanding and appreciates quality. An improvement in the characteristics or performance of the product increases its usefulness, performance, safety or comfort. The change in product design or style of product enhances its appeal (Ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE, (2003) “Mature Stage of Product Life Cycle", Encyclopedia of Health Care Management., pp. 1-3)

FIGURE 3 PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE – START TO FINISH EXPLANATION

Strategies of marketing communication change during the life cycle. For example, they can be informative, educational for the phase of introduction, persuasive and imaginative for the phase of growth

Page 113: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

or maturity, supported by photographs, and cognitive in the last stage. The life cycle is also involved in the choice of business strategy and can determine the latter by means of knowledge management. Companies should make decisions regarding investment in the products that are in demand.

Companies get help to anticipate when to move into new products. They have to choose different technologies, which are subject to change.

They must assume that one of them wins. They can engage in only one completely new technology or to a lesser extent in some of them. If companies intend to use the product life cycle they need to examine the extent to which this concept describes the history of product development (Stark, J. (2007), “Product lifecycle management 21st century paradigm for product realization”, London: Springer, pp. 1-10).

Managers of marketing use the concept of product life cycle in order to explain the dynamics of product and market. This planning tool allows us to identify the main challenges of marketing in each phase and formulate alternative marketing strategies.

As a control tool allows marketers to measure the effects of the development of the product. (Christ, A. (2012), “Product Management”, New Delhi: World Technologies, pp. 1-8)

Life cycle theory criticism by arguing is that the model life cycles have too much variation forms, and the periods are quite different in duration. In addition, critics have accused the suppliers that are themselves often do not know at what stage of development of their product is produced (the product can be considered as "aged," though in reality he went to an intermediate level preceding the rise of the new). Finally, critics argue that the scheme of life cycle is not so much a "constant rate", which must be followed by the sales department because of the implementation of marketing strategy. Thus, by analyzing their products and markets, forward-thinking marketers must be careful to use the concept of life cycle (Tomovic, M. (2009), “Product realization a comprehensive approach”, New York, NY: Springer, pp. 1-10) CONCLUSION

Therefore, we can conclude that the PLC and ULS are the stages of Introduction, Growth, Maturity and Decline as well as the sections such as Idea, Thinking Decision and Purchasing. PLC and ULS experienced by the generic category of products.

The marketers significantly utilize the concept of the PLC and ULS in order to use marketing as a tool to know and track the stage where there is a particular product, to identify in advance the risks and opportunities of each stage for a specific brand. The product life cycle and user life cycle is a concept of great importance in the process of marketing the product, because the behavior of the market situation and competitive environment change over time for product marketing.

These changes determine the design and affect the development of marketing strategy. Every product has a biological evolution as embodied in a series of sequential steps. The product life cycle is the time path that runs from birth or product launch to the market until death or disappearance (Mark, W. (2011), “Essentials of marketing management”, New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, pp. 20-25).

The concept of life cycle helps marketers to interpret the dynamics of product and market. As a planning tool, this concept allows management companies to identify key marketing tasks at each stage of the cycle and to develop alternative marketing strategies. For the purposes of prediction, the concept is of little use, since the sales history is too varied, and the duration of each stage of the life cycle varies quite widely (Glen L. (1993), “Design and Marketing of New Products”, Prentice Hall, pp. 1-7).

Page 114: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

FIGURE 4 PRODUCT LIFE CYCLE AND USER LIFE SPAN

REFERENCE Anselmi, I. (2008), “Product Lifecycle Management”, Berlin, Heidelberg: Springer-Verlag Berlin Heidelberg, pp. 1-15. Armstrong, G. (2009), “Marketing: an introduction”, Prentice Hall, pp. 1-10. Cant, M. (2006), “Marketing management”, Cape Town, South Africa: Juta, pp. 1-11. Christ, A. (2012), “Product Management”, New Delhi: World Technologies, pp. 1-8. Day, G. (1981), “The Product Life Cycle: Analysis and Applications Issues”, Journal of Marketing v.45 pp. 1-5. Ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: SAGE, (2003) “Mature Stage of Product Life Cycle", Encyclopedia of Health Care Management., pp. 1-3. Francois, V. (2010), “Product lifecycle management: geometric variations”,London: ISTE,pp. 1-3. Glen L. (1993), “Design and Marketing of New Products”, Prentice Hall, pp. 1-7. Immonen, A. (2008), “Product lifecycle management”, Springer, pp. 1-10. Kotler, P. (2012), "Product Life Cycle (PLC) Analysis", SAGE Reference Online, pp. 1-6. Kristiaan, H. (1998), “Global marketing management”, New York: J. Wiley, pp. 1-5. Louis E. (2010), “Contemporary marketing”, Mason, OH: South-Western Cengage Learning, pp. 1-9.

Page 115: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Malcolm, M. (2007), “Marketing in a nutshell: key concepts for non-specialists”, Amsterdam: Elsevier, pp. 10-20. Mark, W. (2011), “Essentials of marketing management”, New York, NY: McGraw-Hill/Irwin, pp. 20-25. Sahoo, A. (2006), “Lifecycle Management Strategies”, Business Insights Ltd, London, pp. 1-6. Stark, J. (2007), “Global product strategy, product lifecycle management and the billion customer question”, London: Springer, pp. 1-8. Stark, J. (2007), “Global product strategy, product lifecycle management and the billion customer question”, London: Springer, c-15. Stark, J. (2007), “Product lifecycle management 21st century paradigm for product realization”, London: Springer, pp. 1-10. Tomovic, M. (2009), “Product realization a comprehensive approach”, New York, NY: Springer, pp. 1-10. ABOUT THE AUTHOR Dr. Devadatta G. Ranade- is a renowned teacher in the field of Commerce. Dr. Devadatta Ranade - has contributed as Lecturer in Commerce Department of Pemraj Sarda College, India.

At present, he is working as Ph.D. Guide- for the subject “Marketing” in -Pune University-India Associate Professor -Pemraj Sarda College- India. There are three students registered under his guidance for Ph.D. Research. He has worked for almost

all University Committees in different capacities as Chairperson, Member, and Subject Expert for University Teacher’s Selection, Vice – Chancellor’s Nominee, Syllabus Designing, College Inspection, Examination Supervision, National Service Scheme etc. Educational development and research in Education are his fields of interest and devotion. He has worked as Hon. Director – Institute of Management Studies & Research, India. His contribution towards academics and Research seminars as Coordinator, Resource Person, and Chairperson in various activities in India are remarkable.

He has worked as Coordinator - State Level Commerce Seminars for following subjects-Entrepreneurial Promotion in Indian Economy – 1990, Entrepreneurial Development -2005, and Integrated Asian Markets – 2007.

Participated in International conference (GCBF) at Costa Rica, Latin America- Presented a research paper titled –“Conceptual Theory-8 L Approach of Marketing Mix in Global Scenario” and worked as Session Chair- 22nd-25th May 2012.-cd format ISSN -1931-0285-volume 7,number 2-2012

Research Published in IOSR Journal of Business and Management Vol., Issue 6, July-Aug. 2012, Titled –“3 R Approach of Market Mechanism”.-online format- ISSN 2278-487X-

Page 116: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Exploring Internal Marketing Applications: Case of Egypt

Hamed M. Shamma The American University in Cairo

In this study we aim to explore internal marketing applications in Egypt. There is no evidence about the extent of internal marketing understanding and its applications. Thus, we explore it by presenting some case studies and conducting some in-depth interviews. This paper is based on a combination of secondary and primary research. Some cases of companies that apply internal marketing practices are presented and discussed. In addition, a series of in-depth interviews with top-level managers were conducted to examine their views about internal marketing practices in their organizations. The findings provided some evidence that there are some companies that apply internal marketing in Egypt. This was identified from the secondary research case studies. However, when the qualitative interviews were conducted, it was found that there was lack of a clear understanding by many companies about what is internal marketing and methods for applying internal marketing. This study provides some insights as to internal marketing practices at Egyptian companies. The paper is useful for managers who want to know more about internal marketing applications and practices. This study sets the pace for more future work on this untapped research area. INTRODUCTION

Internal marketing has not gained equal attention that external marketing has gained. Marketers have

always emphasized marketing to external customers to be their main responsibility. However, they neglected to realize that internal marketing is equally important, if not more important before doing external marketing. We need to pay more attention and highlight the importance of internal marketing as a pre-requisite for external marketing.

From this perspective, there was an interest to investigate internal marketing applications. While many companies in developing countries have taken the steps to have a more marketing- oriented approach toward their customers as the markets become more competitive and open to free competition. Yet, there is no evidence that companies in those countries have considered applying internal marketing as a strategic approach in their organizations. Accordingly, this study was examined in Egypt as a country that has recently gone through reform toward more open competition, transparency and advancement. The following questions formed the basis of this study:

1. Do companies in Egypt apply internal marketing? 2. Are there any cases of companies that apply internal marketing? 3. How do companies apply internal marketing? In order to address these questions, a combination of secondary-based research and qualitative- based

research methodology was conducted. First, a series of international and local cases of companies that

Page 117: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

apply internal marketing were identified and analyzed. Then, a series of in-depth interviews were conducted with managers at top hierarchical levels in organizations to assess their views about internal marketing, its applications and importance. This perspective would assess the extent to which companies believe they apply internal marketing from a top management point of view. This managerial point of view is necessary before doing any further research at the employee level. Application of Internal Marketing

Various practitioners have suggested tools for effective internal marketing, some of these include: (1) promoting the internal brand, (2) promoting worksite wellness, (3) marketing employee benefits, (4) promoting new systems and upgrades (www.snapcomms.com). Others have suggested tools that promote internal communications such as: company intranet systems and internal networks, e-mails, internet, newsletters, posters, stores and point of sales, company events, internal rules and policies, company boards, company products and services, company stationary, all communications, business cards, backgrounds (www.bddonline.com).

Others have suggested tools that encourage employee involvement such as: measuring employee awareness of organizational mission, values and core competencies, e-newsletters, seminars, orientation programs, quarterly reports, report interesting stories to employees, encourage employees to tell brand-related stories, identify brand champions, encourage employees to use blogs, training that emphasize the link to the marketing function, communicating internal and external marketing success stories. Other have suggested tools that provide incentives and recognitions for employees such as: non-cash rewards, employee of the month, written acknowledgements to employees, posters, screen savers, field trips and meetings outside organizational premises. In the following section some cases of companies that apply different internal marketing practices are presented. Cases of Internal Marketing Applications

Before conducting in-depth interviews about internal marketing applications in Egypt, it was useful to identify companies that have successfully applied internal marketing practices. This was done using a combination of secondary research and interviews with some experts. International companies such as Southwest, Apple, Dell and Ritz-Carlton, and local companies such as Raya, Mobinil, Eva Pharma and Vodafone Egypt were identified to be successful in applying various internal marketing practices in their organizations. Following are some of the internal marketing tools implemented by organizations who have successfully applied internal marketing together with the reported consequences of those practices. INTERNATIONAL CASES Southwest

Southwest airlines is known to be one of the most successful airlines in the United States. Despite the challenges that face airline carriers with increase in price of oil and the highly competitive market, Southwest has managed to operate profitably despite these challenges. It is known for its low cost structure, and reputable customer service. The management of Southwest believes that the true reason why they are successful is their care for their employees. Southwest provides, fair rewards, empowerment extensive training, career development, open communication and employment security, many of which do not exist in other airline carriers (O’Reilly and Pfeffer, 2000). What makes the difference between Southwest and other airlines is the flight attendant. Many customers cite that the Southwest flight attendants are fun and enjoy flying with them.

Cheryl Hughey, director of Leadership Training, People and Leadership Development department at Southwest comments that “we will treat our employees the same way we expect to treat our external customers,” “we will treat them with caring, respect and concern” (Inside Job, 2005). Internal marketing starts from day one at Southwest. Employees learn about the company, its mission and the essence of the Southwest brand. They have a “Culture Committee” consisting of employees from various departments. Their role is to think of ways to make employees feel and live the brand and to emphasize to employees

Page 118: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

how the company appreciates their work (Kochan, 1999). They have their well-known agent of the quarter and the employee of the year competition which encourages employees to excel in their work. They may also think of doing non-traditional activities such as barbeques at work, pedicures, manicures and massages for employees to recognize them for their work.

Southwest has a strong relationship with its employees. They have a strong training and development program for their employees in order to ensure the attitudes and behavior of employees are consistent with the brand image. They offer their employees compensation that is one of the highest in the airline industry and reward employees for distinctive performance. They also care about their employees and their families in ways where the company will always lend its support financially or otherwise at times of need (Miles and Mangold, 2005). They use a combination of formal and informal methods to communicate their brand values; formally by human resources department and public relations department and informally by employee interaction, meetings, word of mouth and task forces. Through these tools, Southwest helps reinforce the spirit of this unique airline as a fun, lively and supportive organization (www.southwest.com).

Southwest has a strong employee branding strategy to create a strong relationship it’s employees (Miles and Mangold, 2005). Employee branding is “the process by which employees internalize the desired brand image and are motivated to project the image to customers and other organizational constituents” (Miles and Mangold, 2004). It has been supported in various studies that employee branding is a very important method for internal marketing. Further, a strong employee brand is expected to result in high levels of service quality, customer satisfaction, customer loyalty and employee loyalty (Mangold and Miles, 2007).

The employee branding process includes marketing the organizational mission, organizational values, empowering employees to deliver the brand experience, rewarding employees to reflect this brand image to customers, and being flexible with employees. Southwest clearly communicates the company mission and values to its employees in its mission statement “dedication to the highest quality of customer service delivered with a sense of warmth, friendliness, individual pride and company spirit” (www.southwest.com). Southwest empowers its employees to think of ways to realize this mission. The Southwest flight attendant, David Holmes entertained customers by rapping with a beat the regular boring pre-departure announcement. Holmes did the announcement in a very entertaining way that made the passengers engaged in the announcement. This has made Southwest a brand that is highly respected. Southwest employees are proud to be part of Southwest. Further, Southwest has positive image in the eyes of the public. Employees are satisfied, there is a low staff turnover, customer are satisfied many of whom are loyal customers which has made Southwest have a positive reputation. Apple

Apple is known for its unique internal marketing practices. Customers of Apple stores are known to have a unique customer experience. This unique experience is attributed heavily to Apple employees, who go through intensive training to deliver this unique customer experience. All Apple employees go through a two-day training where each employee carries a Credo Card including tips on how to become an Apple brand (Ryan, 2010). They are trained to consider every customer encounter as a chance to market the essence of the Apple brand identity. The training contains some technical information, but the majority is about how to interact with customers and market the Apple personality. Dell

Dell realized that employees are the source of company growth. They assert that “the greatest threat to Dell wouldn’t come from a competitor, it would come from our people” (Dell, 1999). Dell considers their employees as co-owners. They give them the authority and provide all the tools needed to achieve their goals. Further, employees are given the chance to question top management through their annual “management pay up day” (Schmid, 2003). These employee engagement tools are what help Dell ensure a long-lasting customer relationship with its employees and customers as well.

Page 119: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Ritz-Carlton Ritz-Carlton employees are empowered to do anything it takes to respond to customer’s requests,

even if this means that they have to stop what they are doing. Employees are given up to $200 per day in budget to spend on satisfying and delighting customers without top management approval. Employees are considered actors in spreading the brand to customers. Employees are responsible for knowing what is called the “20 Sine Qua Nons” which in other words are the Ritz Carlton basics. Employees are expected to read, know, memorize and internalize these basics in their work. One of their well known mottos is “we are ladies and gentlemen serving ladies and gentlemen” (www.ritzcarlton.com). One of their basics is: “Never lose a guest” (Greshes, 2005). Each employee is responsible for the complaint received, is responsible for solving it until the guest is satisfied and then record it. LOCAL CASES Raya

Raya is a leading Information Technology (IT) and retail service provider in Egypt. It has various lines of business ranging from IT services to telecommunications, retail and customer support services. Raya started in 1999 as the sole agent for Nokia phones in Egypt. Since then it has grown and diversified into many lines of business including: consumer electronics, home appliances, real estate, customer support, maintenance services among many others (www.rayacorp.com). Raya is known for having one of the lowest employee turnover rates in the IT and Telecom industry. Many current and former employees talk favorably about Raya.

Raya has an internal communications function which is housed in the corporate communications department. Their role is to be close to employees and keep top management in touch with all employees. Following are some activities done by internal communications at Raya: (1) Raya kick off meeting where Raya shares its plans and strategies for the next year and long-term plans for the future with all company employees, (2) Raya Achievers Club Trip, where the highest achievers in the organization are selected to go to a trip that is fully funded by Raya. These achievers become part of a club where they are given Raya shares, (3) Raya Newsletter, where all quarterly news are published in addition to any personal news such as wedding events, newly born babies and other personal news are shared. This newsletter is distributed internally and externally to the community, (4) intranet communication where information is shared internally about Raya news, events, internal reports, and employee benefits. It also includes an online orientation about Raya, (5) Chairman’s Breakfast, where the chairman meets with selected employees to get their feedback about issues related to the company and their work (6) Raya Library which contains useful publications on IT, trade and business related sources, (7) Corporate Bulletin Board which contains highlights about major events, products, services and initiatives, (8) Internal Cafeteria which offers hot and healthy meals for employees with a relatively cheap price. The cafeteria is subsidized by Raya (based on interview with Amina Khalil, Marketing Director, Raya).

Mobinil

Mobinil is the first and leading mobile service operator in Egypt. It started operations in Egypt in 1998. Part of the success of Mobinil in the market lies in its relationship with its employees. The relationship with employees is handled by both the Human Resources (HR) department and the Internal Communications department. The HR department always searches for new ways to maintain contact and loyalty of its employees. For example, Mobinil, offers its employees: financial loans, discounts in special outlets, ability to internally transfer to other departments, educational assistance, and launched a special flu vaccination campaign and a campaign for blood donation. These incentives make the HR department close to its employees and be perceived as a “friendly” department to all Mobinil employees (www.mobinil.com).

Further, their Internal Communications department engages in several activities that help market Mobinil to its employees. Their objectives are: to provide employees with any information needed about the company, promote inter-functional communication, build a sense of pride for Mobinil employees who

Page 120: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

act as brand ambassadors and ensure that the company’s strategic plans and company values guide employees in their day-to-day life. To fulfill these objectives, Mobinil launched the Mobinil Family Day, where Mobinil employees together with their families enjoyed a day together under the spirit, “Proud to be Mobinilian” (www.mobinil.com). This helped create a strong company spirit among the Mobinil employees (www.mobinil.com). An internal corporate communications channel, “People Share,” was developed where any employee can send any complaint or report unethical practices anonymously. Further, employees can present new ideas on products and services, send complaints and concerns and respond to the annual Employee Opinion Survey (www.mobinil.com). Eva Pharma

Eva Pharma is an Egyptian-based pharmaceutical company that was established in 1997. Eva Pharma is one of the few pharmaceutical companies in Egypt that have a marketing department that work on developing and executing marketing strategies. Most marketing departments in pharmaceutical companies are sales oriented as opposed to being marketing oriented. The strength of Eva Pharma is not only in their external marketing with their customers, but also in their unique internal marketing practices. They have a strong and unique corporate culture that is felt when one deals with any Eva Pharma employee. This is realized by the following: (1) company values are communicated in various places such as website, business cards and across all stationary, (2) all employees are invited for any meeting which makes all people aware about what others are doing and (3) all employees go through a training program throughout their advancement and career at the company.

These tools made Eva Pharma employees have a strong loyalty and commitment to their organization. Employees strive to pursue a long term career at Eva Pharma because they believe the company has high potentials and want to be part of the growth and success of the company (based on interview with Sherif Mounir, EVA Pharma Training Manager). Vodafone Egypt

Vodafone Egypt is one of the local companies that has great interest and value to its employees. Vodafone invests a lot in its employees and cares about their future career and development. Vodafone has a special program for its employees, the “Value-Based Organization” program. The aim of this program is to make sure that employees embrace the company’s values, behaviors and attitudes when interacting internally with employees and externally with customers and other stakeholder groups.

In order to achieve this objective, an aggressive internal communications campaign was done to market these values to the employees. This campaign was heavily supported by the CEO and management team of Vodafone Egypt. A short song was compiled for this purpose with the title “Ma3a Ba3dena” meaning “All of us Together.” The values included the following: putting customer’s first, joyful belonging to the firm, caring by listening and respecting others, freedom by taking responsibility and accountability for work, fairness and integrity between teams and functions.

The aim of this campaign was to achieve the following: (1) an environment that fosters well-being and continuous development for employees, (2) embrace organizational values in daily activities, (3) simplify processes and omit bureaucracy, (4) release creativity and the potentials of employees, (5) create efficient inter-functional collaboration and integration, and (6) retain top performers and increase employee loyalty (based on interview with George Makram, IT Manager, Vodafone Egypt).

The above cases highlight the importance of internal marketing and the consequences of effectively implementing internal marketing practices. Companies should invest more time and resources to implement internal marketing practices. Companies have come to realize that people are the most important asset for organizations. The more you invest in marketing to company employees, the stronger their relationship with the company brand. Further, it has been proven that the people’s dimension of a company to be the main driver for a company’s overall reputation (Shamma and Hassan, 2009). Also a study by Helm (2011) highlighted the positive relationship between internal reputation and corporate reputation. This further supports the importance of having a strong internal reputation by employees as a pre-requisite for a positive overall corporate reputation.

Page 121: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Accordingly, there was an interest to further investigate internal marketing in Egypt. While there are good examples of companies that apply internal marketing practices in Egypt, it is important to examine if companies are aware about internal marketing, and examine the extent to which it is applied and effective in Egypt. Accordingly, a series of in-depth interviews were conducted to investigate the applications of internal marketing by companies in Egypt. INTERVIEW ANALYSIS

The focus of this part of the research was to understand the points of view of top management about

internal marketing, as they are the ones responsible for applying it. Accordingly, open-ended interviews were conducted with high level managers at Egyptian companies to assess their perceptions regarding internal marketing practices.

Ten interviews were held with the human resources manager, marketing director and chief executive officer of ten large companies (more than 2,000 employees) from five different industries, namely: cement, telecommunications, fast moving consumer goods, banking and automobile in Egypt. They were all local Egyptian companies. The interviews lasted between 45 to 75 minutes. The researcher was not allowed to video tape or audio tape the interview. Only manual recording of the responses were allowed. The purpose of the research was explained to all interviewees and they were cooperative and helpful during the interview process.

Following is a list of the interview guideline questions that were used in the interviews: - Are you familiar with the term internal marketing? - Do you apply internal marketing at your organization? If yes, how is internal marketing

implemented within your organization? What are the key activities/practices? - Why do you apply internal marketing within your organization? - What are the fundamental aims/objectives of internal marketing at your organization? - What are the key benefits of the adopting of internal marketing at your organization? - What are the main difficulties/challenges of implementing internal marketing? - How effective is internal marketing at your organization? - Is internal marketing important in product-oriented or service-oriented industries? - Did you realize the importance of internal marketing after the revolution? - Do you think that part of the reason for the ongoing strikes is lack of internal marketing? - Is it easy for employees at lower levels in the organization to communicate with top

management? - What should be done to do better internal marketing?

Following are the highlights of the important issues discussed during these interviews. First, with

regards to the understanding of the concept of internal marketing, it was clear from the answers of most of the interviewees, that they do not have a clear understanding of the true essence of internal marketing. Most of them commented around the idea that: “it is marketing to your internal customer as opposed to the external customer.” They were not able to elaborate on the concept. One interviewee added that: “it is about marketing your products and services to your employees first before marketing your products and services to your customers.”

When asked if they did various internal marketing activities in their organizations, most mentioned that they communicated to employees about the products and services offered to customers. When the interviewer assisted the interviewees and asked if activities such as: annual meetings with employees, marketing of the company values, marketing of companies strategy and marketing of company long term goals were done, most interviewees mentioned that these activities were done. It seemed from their responses that the interviewees were not fully aware of what constitutes internal marketing. Annual meetings for company employees are done by all three Egyptian companies interviewed. These annual meetings are usually seen as entertainment events to celebrate end of a year achievements and the start of a new year. There is always an expectation about benefits/profit shares to be announced at these events.

Page 122: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

An interviewee mentioned that distribution of profit shares makes employees happy and increase their loyalty to the organization. However, there was no mentioning that these annual meetings communicated future plans, strategies and objectives.

There was no formal way for companies interviewed to communicate company’s missions and objectives. These aspects about the corporation were left for employees to know with time. New employees did not go through a formal training when they were hired. This was admitted by four interviewees. The lack of clear direction by company employees sometimes led to internal problems and miscommunications between various departments with the organization.

Regarding their perceptions about why internal marketing is important, two interviewees highlighted that internal marketing helps reduce employee turnover rate. Further, they mentioned increased employee loyalty and commitment to the organization as another important reason for applying internal marketing. Internal marketing is helpful in spreading the activities of the organization so that everyone knows what other people are doing. It also helps generate new ideas and new ways of doing things. This makes employees become more involved and committed to their organization. Three interviewees also highlighted that there is a strong relationship between employee loyalty, customer satisfaction and ultimately organizational performance.

Regarding communicating with employees before versus after the January 2011 revolution, it was clear that workers strikes and demonstrations were rare before the revolution, and thus, companies were not obliged to exert extra efforts to communicate with their employees. However, as a result of the unprecedented increase in strikes and demonstrations across Egypt, many companies reacted by developing direct communication channels with their employees to avoid future strikes and demonstrations. Two respondents highlighted that companies initiated quarterly meetings with their employees to update them about company performance, challenges and future plans.

The interviewees mentioned several challenges for implementing internal marketing. These included: political reasons, as higher level managers tend to keep their strategies for themselves; lack of transparency, which is a common culture in many Egyptian organizations. It is part of the culture at Egyptian companies to keep high level information confidential, such as long-term strategy and growth plans. Transparency with employees is uncommon practice at most Egyptians companies. Employees lack of awareness of the organizations objectives and strategies resulted in back and forth confrontations with top management. Other reasons for difficulty in implementing in internal marketing include: resistance to change, production orientation of most industries in Egypt, which encourages lack of transparency; and the domination of power in the hands of the organizations which does not encourage companies to be neither externally marketing oriented nor internally. It was also mentioned that most executives in Egypt are short-term oriented while the effect of internal marketing should be examined on the long-term.

With regards to their responses as to the reason(s) for employees going on strike after the revolution, most managers mentioned that after the revolution, the barrier between high level management and employees was broken. Thus, it was a chance for employees to confront top management and request their demands. Two interviewees mentioned that lack of trust between top management and employees in the past caused this alarming number of strikes and demonstrations throughout the nation.

All interviewees cited that it is easy for employees to communicate with anyone at any level in the organization. This would probably take place in the form of a one-on-one meeting or email communication. However, communication with top management was not common in the organizations that were interviewed.

With regards to the aims of internal marketing, respondents provided various responses including: retaining top notch calibers, helping to ensure a consistent level of quality, improving the work flow, increasing customer satisfaction levels and increasing organization’s profits.

There were mixed views about the extent to which internal marketing is important in production or service-oriented industries. Two believed that internal marketing is more important in service industries than production industries; six believed that it is important for both production and service industries, and the two believed that it is more important in production oriented industries than service industries.

Page 123: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

All ten interviewees highlighted that things have changed a lot after the revolution. They highlighted that while most did not think of internal marketing before the revolution, nowadays, with the increased protests and demonstrations, companies are obliged to do effective internal marketing. Thus, the revolution changed how companies are managing their relationships with their internal customers, the employees.

In terms of the benefits of internal marketing one interviewee mentioned that internal marketing is a retention tool to improve employees’ loyalty to an organization. In addition, internal marketing will improve internal communication which will result in increased productivity. Internal marketing is expected to result in smooth work flow among employees which in turn leads to improved customer satisfaction levels and organizational profits.

The interviewees agreed that it is difficult to measure the direct effect of internal marketing. However, internal marketing should help improve employee loyalty and commitment which will be reflected externally in terms of customer satisfaction and loyalty and ultimately reflected in organizational performance.

One interviewee suggested that it is important for companies to think of employees as an asset and not as a liability. Employees should be considered partners in business in order to feel ownership in their organization. The interviewees admitted that more could be done to better market internally to employees in their organizations. However, this would take years before companies fully implement and realize the benefits of these practices. Further, with the tight budget and economic downturn in the Egyptian economy after the revolution, companies are focusing on more serious business issues. The business activity is slowing down resulting in lower revenues and profits, which has caused some companies to lay off some of their employees. CONCLUSION AND MANAGERIAL IMPLICATIONS

Internal marketing can be a source of competitive advantage for companies who want to gain a favorable reputation. It is worth noting that companies that have consistently maintained a positive reputation have all been effective in managing their employees. This is the case with companies that were mentioned previously such as: Southwest, Ritz-Carlton Apple, Dell, Raya, Mobinil, Eva Pharma and Vodafone Egypt. These companies set good examples for internal marketing practices and provide evidence on its ability to create a unique competitive advantage in the market.

Internal marketing is not limited to organizations that are high in people-to-people relationships such as hotels, airlines or other service-based organizations. Internal marketing applies to all types of organizations: for profit, not-for-profit, small enterprises, large corporations and any other form of organization.

More attention should be given to companies to implement internal marketing practices. Companies should offer more training to marketing managers and other functional managers on internal marketing. This is important for all managers who manage teams of employees. This is something that many managers in Egypt are lacking. It is important for marketing managers to work more closely with human resources managers in implementing internal marketing practices. It is also important for organizations to link internal marketing practices to employee performance and achievement and the overall organizational goals and objectives. RESEARCH LIMITATIONS AND FUTURE RESEARCH

This study is exploratory in nature. It provides some insights as to internal marketing cases, issues that need further examination. Future research should offer more quantitative research in methods to justify the importance of internal marketing and assess its impact on organizations.

Page 124: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

REFERENCES Annual Report 2010, http://www.mobinil.com/investors/AnnualReport2010/OurBusiness/OurPeople.aspx, www.mobinil.com (accessed 22nd October). Dell, M. (1999). Direct from Dell: Strategies that Revolutionized and Industry, HarperCollins Inc., New York. Greshes, W. (2005). Customer Service: The Ritz Carlton Way, http://www.seminarsondvd.com/ViewArticleDetails.aspx?Article=Warren%20Greshes;1047 (accessed 5 November 2011). Helm, S. (2011). Employees Awareness of their Impact on Corporate Reputation, Journal of Business Research, 64, (7), 657-663. Inside Job, (2005), “A New Movement.” http://meetingsnet.com/corporatemeetingsincentives/mag/meetings_inside_job/ (accessed 6 October 2011). Internal Marketing Communications, http://www.snapcomms.com/markets/marketing-communications.aspx (accessed 6 October 2011). Khalil, A., Senior Marketing Manager, Raya, interviewed December 27, 2011. Kochan, T.A. (1999). Rebuilding the Social Contract at Work: Lessons from Leading Cases, Task Force Working Paper”, http://www.dol.gov/oasam/programs/history/herman/reports/futurework/conference/contract/southwest.htm (accessed 10 October 2011). Makram, G., IT Manager, Vodafone Egypt, interviewed October 11, 2011. Mangold, W.G., and Miles, S.J. (2007). The Employee Brand: Is Yours an All-Star? Business Horizons, 50, 423-433. Miles, S.J., and Mangold, G. (2004). A Conceptualization of the Employee Branding Process, Journal of Relationship Marketing, 3, (2/3), 65-87. Miles, S.J. and Mangold, W.G. (2005). Positioning Southwest Airlines through Employee Branding, Business Horizons, 48, 535-545. Mounir, S. Training Manager, EVA Pharma interviewed October 23, 2011. News and Events, http://www.rayacorp.com/ShowPage.aspx?PID=40, www.rayacorp.com (accessed 22nd October). O’Reilly, C.A. III, and Pfeffer, J. (2000). Hidden Value: How Great Companies Achieve Extraordinary Results with Ordinary People, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, MA. Ryan, C. (2010). “What Makes an Apple Store so Great”, http://gigaom.com/apple/what-makes-an-apple-store-so-great/ (accessed 15 December 2011).

Page 125: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Schmid, J. (2003). “Dell Computer Corporation - Best Practice for Relationship Marketing?” http://www.leavingfingerprints.com/FH-Dortmund/archive/Dell%20-%20best%20practice%20for%20Relationship-Marketing.pdf?clsid=9a7fb2c3fadfe2eb6e62671771c26c31 (accessed 29 November 2011). Shamma, H. and Hassan, S. (2009). Customer and Non customer Perspectives for Examining Corporate Reputation, Journal of Product & Brand Management, 18, (5), 326-337. Southwest Mission, www.southwest.com/about_swa/mission.html (accessed 22nd October). Working at the Ritz-Carlton, http://corporate.ritzcarlton.com/en/Careers/WorkingAt.html (accessed 22nd October). www.bddonline.com/InternalMarketingTacticsList.pdf (accessed 22nd October).

Page 126: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Brokers and Control of Adverse Selection (Pre-contractual Opportunism) in

the Nigerian Insurance Market

Tajudeen Olalekan Yusuf University of Lagos, Nigeria

Insurance opportunism at the pre-contractual stage go largely under-studied. This article explores the effectiveness of the insurance brokers’ information gathering role at this stage to control adverse selection in the Nigerian insurance market. It also set to examine stakeholders’ pressure effect on the brokers to control insurance opportunism. Although, semi-structured face-to-face interviews constituted the primary method of data collection, other methods were used as supplements. The findings suggest that this role, to a great extent, is performed creditably well in the Nigerian market. Expectedly, this has reinforced the theoretical framework that the insurance brokers enhance the competitiveness and efficiency of the insurance market through the resolution of adverse selection. INTRODUCTION

Insurance opportunism or fraud has been recognised as a serious economic problem whereby insurance customers deprive the system of resources as well as cheat it out on resources (Derrig and Krauss, 1994). This happens when they mask their true risk-type while applying for insurance and when they are making claims for fabricated or genuine claims. It is a common knowledge that policyholders have the ability to use their informational advantage to make false declarations in order to be effectively covered or to pay lower premium (Alary and Besfamille, 2001). Suprisingly, applications, underwriting or premium fraud go largely under-studied.

Consequently, insurers have deviced various strategies to control the fraudulent trend. Such strategies involve contract-design (Townsend, 1979; Picard, 2000; Boyer, 2004) and audit (Crocker and Morgan, 1998; Major and Riedinger, 2002; Morse, 2005; Morley et al, 2006) approaches. But these two major approaches in the literature have achieved minimal results with insurance fraud assuming increasingly global dimension. But, this may not be unconnected with several factors.

Firstly, insurance contracts are inherently conducted under the atmosphere of informational asymmetry. This means that the information of the subject matter of insurance is tilted more to the side of the applicant (prospective insured) than the insurer. The second factor relates to bad attitudes on the part of the public which view insurance fraud as a crime of easy money with little risk of getting caught, or of few serious consequences if they are caught. Thirdly, people believe they are entitled to commit fraud after paying high premiums with no or few losses for many years. Fourthly, too many insurers are in denial about the scope of fraud and its impact on their bottom lines (CAIF, 2000).

While insurance intermediaries contribute to enhancing transparency in insurance markets due to the information asymmetries characterising them, they have been systematically excluded from using their position to deterring opportunistic tendencies of insurance customers. As a result, there seems to be a

Page 127: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

begging vacuum in the area of study of operational model of bridging of information gap by insurance intermediaries to stem the tide of all forms of opportunism in the insurance market.

Scholars have also observed that under adverse selection in insurance markets, the insured has no incentive to reveal his true risk which is costly to observe by the insurer (Dionne and Lasserre (1985). This is insurance opportunism that takes place at the precontractual stage of the insurance contract.

It is founded on the assumption that the more rigorous is the information gathering at the precontractual stage, the more difficult it is for customers to perpetrate opportunism. Insurance customers, particularly, the commercial clients, are aware that the insurers rate their risks on the amount of information they give. They, as a result, would like to give less “high risk” information in order to pay less premium. Two examples of this ex ante behaviours are such as: failing to report an accurate medical history when applying for health insurance (concealment), and in automobile insurance, declaring that the usual driver is the middle-aged car’s owner while, in fact, it will be his young son (misrepresentation).

The first objective of this article is to explore how insurance brokers gather information from clients to control insurance opportunism perpetrated by the customers when they apply for insurance ex ante (precontractual). This is because they do not have the incentive to reveal all about their risks (at the pre-contractual stage) so as to pay less amount of premium. Secondly, the paper also aims to examine how brokers resolve the stakeholders’ pressures that face them at this stage of the insurance contract in the interests of both clients and insurers.

Opportunism is defined as "self-interest seeking with guile. This includes but is scarcely limited to more blatant forms, such as lying, stealing, and cheating…More generally, opportunism refers to the incomplete or distorted disclosure of information, especially to calculated efforts to mislead, distort, disguise, obfuscate, or otherwise confuse" (Williamson, 1985, p. 47). Translated into insurance parlance, this refers to the attempt by the insurance customer behaving opportunistically to obtain undue advantage while applying for insurance (precontractual) and while making a claim (postcontractual). Opportunism in this study is a compound word encompassing all kinds of guiles and deceit, whether calculated or not, from petty to organised scam and which serve the purpose of obtaining undue advantage from the insurance system at precontractual and postcontractual stages of the contract. The present focus is the precontractual phenomenon.

To address these objectives the paper is structured as follows. Section 2 contextualises the study while section 3 reviews some relevant literature on asymmetry information and conflicts of interest for insurance brokers. The theoretical framework is addressed in section 4 while section 5 presents the research methodology. Section 6 presents the findings; which are discussed in section 7 while section 8 concludes. THE NIGERIAN INSURANCE BROKING SECTOR

The Nigerian insurance market is, in many respects the next frontier in the Nigerian financial space but unlike the banking story, the growth opportunity of the Nigerian insurance industry has been stagnated for too long. It is obvious that the Nigeria insurance market cannot be treated in isolation of the national economy. The Nigerian insurance market has been highly under-penetrated, particularly when compared with other African insurance markets. Of the estimated 20m people in formal employment across Nigeria, less than 1m currently holds personal insurance policies. This is despite a steady growth in incomes across the working population in recent years, and the emergence of a new middle-class group in Nigeria (Wiggle, 2009).

The industry is less ‘highly’ competitive, considering the slow pace of growth in overall market size; and the stringent conditions of entry of new policy. The competitive structure of the Nigerian insurance industry is complicated by the presence of a large number of insurance brokers (510 as at 2006), who are major intermediaries in the flow of business between corporate customers and insurance underwriters.

Over 70% of industry premiums are controlled by this large group of brokers. Corporate accounts in particular, can often only be secured with the involvement of a broker, as companies are comfortable with the competitive pricing and claims management support that brokers typically provide. Brokers have thus

Page 128: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

leveraged on this position of strength to dominate the industry. This situation might have been accentuated by the problem of asymmetric information characterizing the insurance market.

ASYMMETRIC INFORMATION

According to Puelz and Snow (1994: 237), information asymmetries arise in insurance markets because underwriters cannot judge with certainty the magnitude and frequency of the risks underwritten and consequently, the actuarially fair rate at which those risks should be priced. Therefore, in order to mitigate this problem, underwriters instigate appropriate contracting and contract monitoring solutions. D’Arcy and Doherty (1990) mention the three approaches that have gained currency in the literature namely; 1) separating equlibria or self-selection; 2) multiperiod contracts or experience rating and 3) the integrative contract.

Insurance opportunism (fraud), in real sense, can be traced to the underlying origin—information asymmetry (Derrig, 2002) that is present in every insurance contract. Put in other words, insurance opportunism (fraud) is traceable to the manipulations of information asymmetry by-products; namely adverse selection and moral hazard (Chiappori et al., 2004). But the focus of the present study is restricted to the precontractual opportunism resulting in adverse selection. This results when the insurance customer masks his true risk-type while applying for insurance at the precontractual stage. The insurer, also, without the insurance broker will consequently charge lesser than he should receive had the customer not misrepresented/concealed his true risk-type. This is called precontractual opportunism where one person seizes the opportunity of presence of private information to lie prior to a contract taking place (Molho, 1997). The implication of this scenario for the insurance market is depicted in Figure 1 below.

FIGURE 1

Page 129: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Adverse Selection According to Akerlof (1970), adverse selection refers to the risk that contracting parties have

incentives to actively withhold private information from each other ex-ante in order to secure economic advantages later on. In his famous landmark piece: “The Market for “Lemon”: Quality Uncertainty and Market Mechanism”, the author applies this concept to the insurance market by arguing that because it is not always commercially favourable for insurers to sell policies for applicants above the age 65 even if price levels are raised for this set of people. The reason for this is tied to the fact that the people who insure themselves will be those who are increasingly certain that they will need the insurance; for error in the medical check-ups, doctors’ sympathy with older patients and so on make it much easier for the applicant to access the risk involved than the insurance company. The result is that the average medical condition of insurance applicants deteriorates as the price level rises—with the result that no insurance sales may take place at any price.

Formally stating this, Adverse selection arises when one party—generally, the subscriber—has a better information than the other party—the insurer—about some parameters that are relevant for the relationship (Chiappori, 2000: 367). Alary and Besfamille (2001) focus on this particular type of information asymmetry that takes place during insurance policy negotiation. The authors argue that it is well acknowledged by practitioners that at this stage, many policyholders often lie and misreport their private information. They do this on the understanding that the insurers decide to cover them or determine their rate upon those declarations. They may probably make false declarations in order to pay lower premiums. The authors further argue against this behaviours by citing two instances of either failing to report an accurate medical history when applying for health insurance (concealment), or declaring that the usual driver would be the middle-aged car’s owner while, in fact, it would be his young son (misrepresentation) in the case of automobile insurance. Assumptions of the Conceptual Framework

The conceptual framework adopted for this study is based on the following assumptions: There is principal-agent relationship between the broker and client on the demand side of the

market and between broker and the insurer on the supply side. The broker serves as agent for both insurer and client. The broker maintains relational repetitive contract with client. The broker is remunerated sometimes by either parties (client or insurer) or both of them at the

sometimes by commissions to mitigate asymmetric information (adverse selection) in the market. The broker is a risk averse agent incentivized to control insurance opportunism The broker is weary of reputational damage that professional indemnity could cause him should

he fail to report all the information gathered and verified from the client to the insurer. The regulatory environment is cost effective to control insurance opportunism.

The implication of these assumptions of the framework is that the agent or broker who fails to provide

accurate information on the short-run faces the loss of his relationship with the insurer because the insurer would be required to sustain underwriting losses to identify the dishonest agents. The same consequence is equally applicable to the client who is in the habit of masking his true risk-type ex ante. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY

A case method was adopted of the Nigerian insurance broking sector. Using the unusual case sampling strategy (Auerbach, 2003), Lagos city was selected where over 80% of the insurance brokers head offices are located. In all, 45 interviews were conducted among various insurance broking executives with titles such as Managing Director, Head of Property-Liability Department, Accounts executives, and other insurance experts working with the regulatory authority as well as loss adjusters. (See Appendix 1).

Page 130: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Being a study in the area of incentives and agency relationships, qualitative approach may enable the observation and discursive evaluation of best-and-worst-practice examples that the proponents of such practices may be unaware of, or which they may be unable or unwilling to report or evaluate without bias (Lewis, 1998; Morley et al. 2006). Although, semi-structured face-to-face interviews constituted the primary method of data collection, other methods were used to supplement these interviews—reviews of professional journal articles, magazines, annual reports, information gathering templates, claim forms templates and so on. The number of interviews was not pre-set, but was determined in part by pragmatic considerations, such as time constraints, and also by the attainment of theoretical saturation (Glaser and Strauss, 1967; Flick, 2002).

For strategic reason, the researcher adopted an approach that completely refrained from using the word, “opportunism” throughout correspondence and actual meeting with broker-interviewees so as not create negative and suspicious mindset. Rather, the word, ‘bridging information gap’ was used in substitution. In most interview sessions, the word ‘opportunism (fraud)’ was only used when the researcher had exhausted the main research questions and smoother relationship had developed with respondents. And as expected, this researcher found the approach quite useful to corroborate Davies’s (2007) view that the interview method would assist while exploring individual or situational perspectives and gain an in-depth understanding of personal feelings and experience.

After collecting the data which spanned for four months, the analysis is presented drawing from Auerbach’s (2003) three-phase (six-step) coding method and data analysis. This process is broken down into i) Making the text manageable,ii) Hearing what was said, and iii) developing theory. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION

The information gathering role of brokers entails collecting detail information about the risks to be insured. This would include sourcing for prospects, meetings, tools for gathering information, verification, and prospect’ management quality and presenting the information to insurers to obtain actuarially fair quotes from which the prospect would make a choice. This procedure is taken up next. Verification Tools: How Effective?

How effective are these information gathering tools in eliciting the required information before insurers are invited for quotations? Brokers generally believe that they are credible and effective; based on the experience they have garnered while doing the same job time and time again. The verification process often makes brokers to cross-check with published annual report figures of the clients’ assets—movable and fixed while any discrepancy is ironed out with the client. The verification exercise would involve brokers contracting with technical experts for surveying the clients’ premises and operations where these are of complex and highly industrialised nature. Some of them justify the relevance of this procedure as:

“…safeguard(ing) us in terms of what we are presenting to the insurer because they can go out there and get their own facts as well. So that does help. Sometimes, we also obtain surveys from the particular place from qualified surveyors, property surveyors and liability surveyors and we would pay them to take…prior to signing an agreement with the client” (New Business Executive).

The brokers are not contented only on the aforementioned verification exercise; they would also authenticate such information by carrying out a check on the past claim history of the prospects with past insurers:

“…all insurance quotes are all subject to authenticated (previous) claim experience being provided. So, if the client withholds, and we incept cover and we get the

Page 131: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

experience, and it doesn’t match up with what client had told us, then insurers have the right to review terms already quoted”( Commercial Department).

The implication of this point is to underscore the credibility and usefulness of the service of the

brokers. The report on past claim history would reveal the risk level of the new prospect and this might mitigate adverse selection to ensure actuarially fair rating of the new risks being brought on to the pool. The added usefulness of this is prevention of insurance opportunism of clients who might want to present less “high risk” information to pay less premium. This role is also akin to Rejda’s (2003) “first underwriting” and Hall’s (2000) “field underwriting”—a process meant to select and classify applicants according to the risk they represent. “Failure to effectively underwrite or classify potential insureds can lead to the problems of adverse selection and price inequity” (Hoyt et al, 2006: 3).

More importantly, the underwriting survey provides broker with a valuable source of information and is important in obtaining favourable terms. Insurers feel more confident in providing their best terms when they have the fullest understanding of the risks. Transmitting Information to Insurers

Presenting information gathered from new prospects to insurer is a crucial function of the broker at the precontractual stage. Brokers, having gathered and verified the information from new prospects must present it properly without which the initial purpose of fact-finding would be defeated. Bad presentation could mar comprehensive and well collected information. Findings suggest that all the information gathered from new prospects is often vetted by brokers while passing only that part which the insurers require to quote for the risk exposures.

“We, in the main, we would disclose to the insurers all the information which we gathered from client which is material fact and pertinent to placing the insurance cover with them. Once we have obtained information, and based on the duty of disclosure the information is passed on to the underwriters to allow them to quote. We are not allowed to withhold any information which is considered to be material fact in placing insurance cover “(Manager, Oil and Gas Department).

In whose interest is the vetting of information done? Is it the client, the insurer or the broker? How material is the material fact passed on to the insurer? These and other types of conflict of interests which are inherently present in the intermediary role of brokers are treated later in the next section. Brokers’ Role in Controlling Opportunism at the Pre-contractual and Renewal stages

Brokers agree that they are very relevant in deterring and controlling insurance opportunism at the precontractual stage for their invaluable services in eliciting the proper information from prospective clients. Apart from marketing the products of the insurers, they base such relevance on the fact-finding exercises they embark upon in building trust with the client. In the literature, asymmetric information has been mostly alleged as the underlying cause of the fraud phenomenon (Puelz and Snow (1994; Derrig, 2002). This implies that insurance customers have the ability to use their informational advantage about the nature of their risks to obtain cheaper quotes. The information gathered by the brokers helps to improve the efficiency of the insurance markets by reducing adverse selection. From the findings, brokers do go extra length to identify the extent of their clients’ risks:

“It is easier for clients to hide something when they are dealing directly with insurers and it would be for brokers to make a visit to the clients and say, well, you told us that the building was metal- roofed, while in fact it was a timber roofed. That’s where we can gather information to see whether the information from client is providing is correct”. (Head, Broking Team).

Page 132: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

More importantly, in Nigeria where insurance culture is still very low, the brokers’ role could prove quite invaluable. In the first place, most commercial prospects—small-scale businesses are just being introduced into the insurance market to be aware of their risk exposures. The visit by the brokers might be their first experience of the workings of insurance and its usefulness. At this first visit, they tend to be as honest as much as they can. With a skilful broker versed in the art of eliciting facts from people, the most relevant questions are asked and later translated into the insurance language. Brokers, though working for their own self-interests are saving the insurers the hassles of discovering such ‘innocent’ clients who have scanty knowledge about insurance to want to mask their risk-type at the precontractual stage. They are able to collect raw facts from this set of prospects; from where their risk profiles are developed. These raw facts are subsequently improved upon at the renewal stage when new developments crop up in the client’s business in terms of additions and deletions as well as the need for revaluation of the insured assets. Stakeholders’ Pressures on Brokers

The findings from the study has revealed that insurance brokers which play the role of information agents in the insurance market are under immense pressures to deliver and not soil their reputation through conflicts of interest induced by economic gains. What is evident from this study is that these pressures may have varying effects on the brokers depending on the level of development of the insurance environment and how well they are regulated to ensure compliance with the rules of the business. Lawsuits and reputational damage for professional negligence

Most reputable brokerage firms or those that are upcoming are often confronted and influenced by the fear of facing legal suits from their clients should they be involved in any act of professional negligence. Such fears are a function of the regulatory and legal environment as well as the level of enforcement of such rules. Hence, there is the need for regulatory mechanisms of controlling conflicts of interest in financial firms generally and in the broking sector especially; thereby bolstering their prospective role in the governance process. It reflects in the study where senior members of staff of broking firms are monitoring the junior ones responsible for gathering information.

Professional reputation management has quite simply become every company’s duty. For the broker, trust is a key component of relationship quality with customers which gives the broker a competitive edge and also determines whether the relationship will continue in the future. High service quality leads to satisfaction in the service provider which in turn leads to ‘relationship quality’ or a long-term relationship between the service provider (the broker) and the client. A slip up in this area by the broker could prove fatal for its existence and survival in the long-run. A broker has this to say:

Everybody gets to know much about you that any job from that place should be suspicious. The next day, they either avoid you or they jack your rate up. They would not accept your terms and they would always insist that you must pay before…no credit insurance for you again and no more latitude for you to play around with in terms of any of those considerations they may give to other brokers”( General Manager, Underwriting).

Hence, brokers are always weary of reputation loss with both clients and insurers in their information bridging role to maintain high level quality service. Sanctions by regulatory authority

Another external pressure confronting the insurance brokers from the finding is the fear of sanctions for breach of the rules when the monitoring team of the regulatory authority comes to inspect the records of the brokerage firms. Apart from examination of the broking records, complaints received from members of the public or clients are taken seriously to ensure that brokers treat their customers fairly. Sanctions for erring brokers could be in form of fines, suspension, and license withdrawal and so on to

Page 133: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

serve as deterrence. The Nigerian regulatory body—NAICOM—recently sanctioned some brokers for failing to remit premiums to the insurer within the stipulated 90 days of signing of the contract. IMPLICATION AND CONCLUSIONS

This article sought to explore the effectiveness of the insurance brokers’ information gathering role at the precontractual of the insurance contract to control opportunism caused by adverse selection in the insurance market. It also set to examine stakeholders’ pressure effect on the brokers to control insurance opportunism. The findings suggest that this role, to a great extent, is performed creditably well in the markets. Expectedly, this has reinforced the theoretical framework that the insurance intermediaries are relevant information agents that enhance the competitiveness and efficiency of the insurance market through the resolution of adverse selection. The effectiveness of this role enhances competitive biddings which ensures that insurance customers receive fair deals from their brokers while also safeguarding the interest of the insurers in the control of insurance opportunism.

Through the discussion on stakeholders’ pressures on the brokers, the study has highlighted the reality of this phenomenon in the insurance market from the regulators, insurers and the clients’ perspectives. It situates the broker as standing between two principals with differing interests. The client-customer wants the widest coverage at the cheapest price while the insurer wants to maximize profits and the value of the company by attracting only good risks. Through the involvement of the broker, the transaction costs of searching for the best-match by the two parties are overcome through the mitigation of the adverse selection problem. The regulators are also involved in putting pressures on the brokers to ensure that customers are treated fairly through threats of various forms of sanction. Hence, it can be reasonably concluded that insurance intermediaries (brokers) are vital agents in the insurance market to control opportunism resulting from adverse selection due to asymmetric information. REFERENCES Adams, M. B. & Diacon, S. R. (2006) ‘Testing for Information Asymmetries in the United Kingdom Market for Property-Liability Reinsurance’. CRIS Discussion Paper Series. Akerlof, G. (1970) ‘The Market for “Lemons”: Quality Uncertainty and the Market Mechanism’, Quarterly Journal of Economics, Vol. 84, pp. 488-500. Alary, D. and M. Besfamille (2001) ‘Do Insurance Defrauders want to be punished?’. Downloaded from http://www.daupline.fr/centre_Recherche/jpolec.pdf as at 25th March 2006. Arrow, K. (1963) ‘Uncertainty and the Welfare Economics of Medical Care’. American Economic Review, Vol. 53, pp. 941-969. Atkins, D. & Bates, I. (2008). Insurance. London: Global Professional Publishing. Auerbach, C. F. (2003). Qualitative Data: An Introduction to Coding and Analysis (Online). New York: New York University Press. Barrese, J., Doerpinghaus, H. I. & Nelson, J. M. (1995). ‘Do Independent Agent Insurers Provide Superior Service? The Insurance Marketing Puzzle’. Journal of Risk and Insurance, Vol. 62(2), pp. 297-308. Canadian Coalition against Insurance Fraud, (1997). “Red Flags for Detecting Insurance Fraud”, Toronto.

Page 134: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Chiappori, P. (2000) ‘Econometric Models of Insurance under Asymmetric Information’ in Dionne, G. ed., Handbook of Insurance, London: Kluwer Academic Publishers. Chiappori, P., Jullien, B., Salanie, B. & Salanie, F. (2004) ‘Asymmetric Information in Insurance: General Testable Implications’. Downloaded from http://www.columbia.edu/~bs2237/revrandbs3.pdf as at 31st October 2006. Crocker, K. J. & Morgan, J. (1998) ‘Is Honesty the Best Policy? Curtailing Insurance Fraud through Optimal Incentive Contracts’. Journal of Political Economy, Vol. 106(2), pp. 355-375. Crockford, G. N. (1987) ‘The Role of an Insurance Broker’ in Clews, R. ed., A Textbook of Insurance Broking, Cambridge, England: Woodhead-Faulkner Limited in Association with The British Insurance Brokers’ Association. Cummins, J. D. & Doherty, N. A. (2006) ‘The Economics of Insurance Intermediaries’. Journal of Risk and Insurance, Vol. 73(3), pp. 354-396. D’Arcy, S. P. & Doherty, N. A. (1990) ‘Adverse Selection, Private Information, and Lowballing in Insurance Markets’. Journal of Business, Vol. 63(2), pp. 145-164. Derrig, R. A. (2002) ‘Insurance Fraud’. The Journal of Risk and Insurance, Vol. 69 (3), pp. 271-287. Derrig, R. A. & Krauss, L. (1994) First Steps to Fight Workers’ Compensation Fraud’. Journal of Insurance Regulation, Vol. 12, pp. 390-415. Eckardt, M. (2002). Agent and Broker Intermediaries in Insurance Markets—An Empirical Analysis of Market Outcomes, Rostock: Universitat <Rostock> / Witchcrafts- und Sozialwissenschaftliche Fakultat. Eckardt, M. & Rathke-Doppner, S. (2008) ‘The Quality of Insurance Intermediary Services—Empirical Evidence for Germany’. Downloaded from http://mpra.ub.uni-muenchen.de/10703/ as at 25th November 2008. Flick, U. (2002). Qualitative Research - State of the Art. London: Sage. Glaser, B. & Strauss, (1967). The Discovery of Grounded Theory: Strategies of Qualitative research. London: Wiedenfeld and Nicholson. Hall, M. A. (2000) ‘The Role of Independent Agents in the Success of Health Insurance Market Reforms’. The Milbank Quarterly, Vol. 78(1), pp. 23-45. Harrington, S. E. & Doerpinghaus, H. I. (1993) ‘The Economics and Politics of Automobile Insurance Classification’. The Journal of Risk and Insurance, Vol. 60(1), pp. 59-84. Holmstrom, B. (1979) ‘Moral Hazard and Observability’. Bell Journal of Economics, Vol. 10, pp. 74-91. Hoyt, R. E., Dumm, R. E. & Carson, J. M. (2006) ‘An Examination of the Role of Insurance Producers and Compensation in the Insurance Industry’. Downloaded from http://na.iiaa.org/Contingency%20Commissions%20Final%20Report%20(May%202006).pdf as at 4th March 2007.

Page 135: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

Major, J. A. & Riedinger, D. R. (2002) ‘EFD: A Hybrid Knowledge/Statistical-Based System for the Detection of Fraud’. The Journal of Risk and Insurance, Vol. 69 (3), pp. 309-324. Molho, I. (1997). The Economics of Information: Lying and Cheating in Markets and Organizations, Oxford, Massachusetts: Blackwell Publishers Limited. Morley, N. J., Ball, L. J. & Ormerod, T. C. (2006) ‘How the Detection of Insurance Fraud Succeeds and Fails’. Psychology, Crime and Law, Vol. 12 (2), pp. 163-180. Morse, D. (2005). Tackling Insurance Fraud: Law Practice. Downloaded from http://www.converium.com/2500.asp as at 8 April 2006. Rejda, G. E. (2005). Principles of Risk Management and Insurance, 9th Edition. Boston, New York: Addison-Wesley. APPENDIX

LIST OF INTERVIEWS

Interview No.

Structure: Small or medium

size

Job title Name (first) Date of interview

1. Medium M.D. (Operations)

Sally 25/12/2007

2. Medium Head (Broking team)

Steve 25/12/2007

3. Medium Accounts Executive

David 23/01/2008

4. Small Commercial Team

Craig 5/02/2008

5. Small Broking Team Marc 20/03/2008 6. Medium Head (Renewals) Mal 27/06/2008 7. Small Head

(Operations) John 30/06/2008

8. Small Member (Commercials)

Paul 14/11/2008

9. Medium Head (Claims) David 12/02/2008 10. Medium M.D. (Group) Peter 16/05/2008 11. Medium New Business

Executive Kevin 30/06/2008

12. Medium Corporate Team Monica 2/07/2008 13. Medium Head (Renewals) Praful 05/07/2008 14. Medium M.D Abolarin 11/07/2008 15. Medium Manager (Oil and

Gas) Aremu 11/07/2008 16. Small Manager

(General) Ade 11/07/2008 17. Small Head (Liability) John 11/07/2008 18. Medium Director

(Property and Liability) Osundosumu 16/07/2008

19. Small Broking Team Paul 16/07/2008

Page 136: Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness · Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness (JMDC) Domain Statement The Journal of Marketing Development and Competitiveness

20. Medium Head (Accident and Motor) Balogun 22/07/2008

21. Medium Director (Underwriting) Osinuga 22/07/2008

22. Medium Head (New Business) Ojeah 22/07/2008

23. Small Manager (Underwriting) Ogunleye 23/07/2008

24. Small Manager (Claims) Segun 23/07/2008

25. Medium Head (Renewals) Olaoye 23/07/2008 26. Small Head (Motor

claims) Biodun 23/07/2008 27. Medium Head (Oil and

Gas) Rauf 24/07/2008 28. Small General Manager Niyi 29/07/2008 29. Medium NAICOM (Head

Lagos zone) Adebowu 29/07/2008 30. Medium Registrar, Loss

Adjuster Opara 30/07/2008 31. Medium Head (Claims) Livinus 05/08/2008 32. Medium Head (Broking

team) Lanre 06/08/2008 33. Medium Account

Executive Ogedengbe 08/08/2008 34. Small General Manager Yemi 17/08/2008 35. Small General Manager Wole 19/08/2008 36. Small General Manager Segun 21/08/2008 37. Small Claims

department Goke 22/08/2008 38. Medium Head (New

Business) Sina 29/08/2008 39. Medium Accounts

executive Samuel 4/09/2008 40. Small General Manager John 5/09/2008 41. Small Accounts

Executive Yemi 5/09/2008 42. Small General Manager Peter 11/09/2008 43. Medium Head (Liability

Claims) Saka 22/09/2008 44. Small Accounts

Executive Taju 23/09/2008 45. Small General Manager Musiliu 24/09/2008

ABOUT THE AUTHOR Tajudeen Olalekan Yusuf (B.Sc., M.Sc., M. A., PhD) is a seasoned lecturer and researcher in the Department of Actuarial Science and Insurance of University of Lagos, Nigeria. He was trained both in Nigeria and the United Kingdom in insurance, risk management and Islamic finance. He has presented most of his works on insurance and Islamic finance in several academic and professional conferences locally and across several continents of the world. His research interests include insurance underwriting, regulations and broking, risk management and Takaful (Islamic insurance). Tajudeen can be contacted in [email protected].